HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL VILLAGE FILING 2 LOT E F VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 2001 PHASE 1 EXPANSION BOOK 1-1 LEGALfrEcD ut 11 zoot
Lead-Based Paint
Inspection
Vail Valley Medical Center
WALSH Project Number: 4750-010
March 14,2001
Client
Vail Medical Center
Facilit-,t
Vail Valley Medical Center
181 West Meadow Drive
Vail. Colorado
*,\thtsh
Environmental Scientists and Engineers, LLC-l>ot-cozt
Prepared for:
Prepared by:
Lead Based Paint Inspection
Vail Valley Medical Genter
Vail, Colorado
March 14, 2001
Stan Anderson
Vail Valley Medical
181 West Meadow Drive
Vail. CO 81657
Steven D. Tarasar
Lead Inspector
Submitted by
WALSH EI{VIRONMENTAL SCIENTISTS AI\D ENGINEERS, INC.
4888 Pearl East Circle. Suite 108
Boulder. Colorado 80301
(3O3) 443-3282
WAISH Proiect Number: 4750{10
T
T
Vsil Medical Cen er March 14, 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
Page i proied #475Golo
TABLE OF GONTENTS
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A SXRF RESULTS
=\\-alshEnvironmental Scientists ard Ensineers. Inc.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers (WALSH) was contracted to perform an
inspection to identiff lead based paint (LBP) at the Vail Valley Medical Cenrer, located at 181
West Meadow Drive, Suite 100, Vail, Colorado.
The purpose of the investigation was to identifl LBP that may be disturbed during the renovation
that would prompt the implementation of special measures during the construction activities.
These special measures may include health and safety precautions for workers conducting the
renovation, measures for environmental protection, and waste handling procedures for the painted
components.
The scope of work consisted of screening painted building components to identiff where LBP
was present on the painted surfaces. The inspection was performed on February 6, 2001. The
lead inspection used screening techniques, adapted from the Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based paint in Housing, June 1995.
The lead inspection was performed by a trained and experienced lead inspector/SXRF
operator.
A total of 101 readings were taken of representative testing combinations (room equivalent,
substrate, component and color) using a spectrum X-ray fluorescence analyzer to determine
the presence of lead-based paint. HtlD defines lead-based paint as paint having a lead
content of greater than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm2 using XRF analysis. The results of the
screening are further described in Findings and Appendix A.
The inspection identified the following, which are subject to OSHA (worker protection) and
EPA (disposal) standards. Special handling and/or management options are included in the
Recommendalion section of this report.
The inspection results for the 3 phases of the building identified NO component types
confirmed to contain greater than 1.0 mglcrn2 of lead in the paint.
The following items in the x-ray rooms were p ositive for SXRF Lead testing indicating that the
walls and doors have lead sheeting in them, (to contain the x-rays). These components are
subject to regulatory requirements if disturbed or removed:
Phase 1978! Room 1351, Door, South, West and East Wallr Room 1352, Door, South, East and View Port Wall.I Room 1356, Door, North and View Port Wall.r Room 1364, South and View Port Wall
Phase 1986r Room 3130, Door, North, South, East and View Port Wall.r Room 1802. Door. North West and View Port Wall
A\Malsh
Environmental Scientists and Engine€rs, Inc.
Vail Medical Center Msrch 14, 2001
Vail Medical CenteI
I
il
T
I
I
I
I
I
Lead Based Paint Screening
Vail Medical Genter
Vail, Golorado
INTRODUCTION
Walsh Environmental Scientists and Engineers (WALSH) was contracted to perform an
inspection to identify lead based paint (LBP) at the Vail Medical Center located at 181 West
Meadow Drive, suite 100, vail, colorado. The inspection was performed due to planned
renovation activities.
The purpose of the investigation was to identiff LBP that may be disturbed during the renovation
that would prompt the implementation of special measures during the construction activities.
These special measures may include health and safety precautions for workers conducting the
renovation, measures for environmental protection, and waste handling procedures for the painted
components.
The scope of work consisted of screening painted building components to identify where LBP
was present on the painted surfaces. The inspection was performed on February 6,2001.
This report also includes a general discussion of the health and safety and environmental
protection regulations that may apply the renovation project. Final and specific procedures that
will apply to the project can be prepared in a separate document, when the final renovation design
is completed.
2 SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS
The inspection was conducted using screening techniques. These techniques have been
adapted from the Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Guidelines for the Evaluation and
Control of Lead-Based paint in Housing, June 1995. The lead screening was performed by a
trained and experienced lead inspector/SXRF operator.
Allalsh
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
March 14, 2001
Environmental Scientists and Engineers, lnc.
I
I
Vail Medicrrl Centerl
Page 4
March 14, 2001
Proiecr fl475F01O
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
2.1.1 Methodology
The determination of lead content in paint was carried out following the recommendations in the
document entitled "Guidelines for the Evaluation and Conrrol of Lead-Based Paint Haurds in
Houstng", June 1995, published by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Developrnent
(HUD). This document describes the preferred methodology to determine lead content in
paints used in multi-family housing complexes and single-family dwellings.
2.1.2 Material Identification
"Multi-Family" and "Single-Family" protocols were developed by HUD for LBP inspection:
HUD "Multi-Fami$" Protocol - Under this protocol, the primary assumption is that each
room or space within a building will have a similar paint history (uniform painting at the time
of construction and that subsequent painting is random). An example of this would be an
apartment building where each room should have a uniform paint history. For component
types consisting of multiple components throughout the development, such as walls and
ceilings, the HUD "Multi-Family" approach was followed. A single reading per component
type (substrate and component) was tested for each room or space in the building. These
multiple readings of a component type are used to arrive at the final classification.
HUD 'Single-Family" Protocol - Under this protocol, the primary assumption is that each
room or space within a building has a unique or different paint history. For example, in a
residential house, each room may have a different paint history. For component types with a
limited number, the HUD Single-Family approach was followed where up to three readings
were taken for each testing combination (room equivalent, substrate, component, and color)
with the results then averaged to arrive at the final classification for that testing combination.
Under the screening protocol, single readings of representative component types were
collected. The above protocols are taken into account when collecting the limited number of
readings (in a distributed manner) under the screening protocol.
2.1.3 Testing Procedures
Two methods are typically used to identify lead-based paint; Direct Reading Analysis when
using a Spectrum X-ray Fluorescence Analyzer (SXRF), and Bulk Sample Analysis when
using Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS). The preferred method is by using the field
portable SXRF analyzer that provides on site results and allows for increased sampling (since
lead in paint is considered non-homogeneous). AAS requires the removal of a paint chip for
=W'alshEnvironmental Scientists and Ensineers. Inc.
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
Vail Med.icul Centerl
Page 5
March 14, 2m1
Proiect #475G010
laboratory analysis. This method is problematic (cannot collect as much data compared to
XRF, aesthetic damage, etc) and is more expensive than the SXRF method, and may take
several days to get laboratory test results. AAS will provide an increased level of sensitivity
and accuracy when comparing a single XRF reading to a single AAS analysis of that same
sample. The accuracy of the XI{F is increased by increasing the number of readings taken,
thus providing a more acceptable level of accuracy. Under the screening protocol, SXRF
analysis was used exclusively.
During the screening, readings were collected using a Scitec MAP-4 Spectrum Analyzer. The
instrument was operated by a trained and certified lead inspector/operator. The instrument
was used in accordance with manufacfurer operating specifications and procedures. According
to manufacturer specifications for the Scitec MAP4, when operated in the "Unlimited Mode,
there is no substrate correction required for all six substrates (brick, concrete, metal, plaster,
drywall and wood). The threshold for LBP is 1.0 mg/cmz.
The manufacturer (Scitec) provides criteria for evaluating results. The table below outlines
these criteria for determining positive, inconclusive and negative readings.
Table 1 SXRF Evaluation Criteria
Manufacturer Guldelines - Scitec MAP4
Reading Unlimited Mode
Screen Equivalent
(1O to 30 seconds)
Accuracy = 0.4 mg/cm2
Unlimited Mode
Test Equivalent
(6O to 90 seconds.l
Accuracv : O.2 mqlcm2
Positive- Considered LBP
(no bulk sampling required
> 1 .39 mg/cm2 > 1.19 mg/cm2
Inconclusive
bulk sampling required)
0.59 to 1 .39 mg/cm2 O.91 to 1 .19 mg/cm2
Negative - Not Considered LBP
(no bulk sampling required)
< O.59 mg/cm2 < O.9O mg/cm2
Note: mg/cmz : milligrams per square centi melermilligrams per
HLJD defines lead-based paint as paint having a lead content of greater than or equal to
1.0 mg/cm'z using XRF analysis, or 0.5 weight percent using flame atomic absorption
analysis.
2.1.4 Laboratory Analysis
Since the inspection was limited to screening with a field portable SXRF, no bulk samples
were submitted for Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) Analysis.
If the result of an XRF test is inconclusive, a physical sample of the paint is analyzed by a
laboratory using flame/furnace atomic absorption analysis. This analysis allows the painted
surface to be conclusively characterized as positive or negative for lead-based paint in
accordance with HUD Guidelines for lead content
A\\:alsh
Environmental Scientists and Engineers, Inc,
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
T
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
Paint on components containing lead above the HUD action level of 1.0 mg/cm2 or O.5Vo by
weight, are considered to be lead-based paint when found in residential housing units. No
specific action level for lead concentration has been defined for the application of the worker
protection requirements as these regulations depend on the type of the work to be performed.
Some states use a cut off of lead in paint of 0.06 % above which specific requirements must be
implemented.
No bulk paint samples were submitted to the Laboratory for analysis by atomic absorption
spectroscopy (AAS).
3 RESULTS
The results of the SXRF measurements for the Vail Medical Center are contained in Appendix
A. The inspection results for the 3 phases of the building identified NO component types
confirmed to contain greater than 1.0 mglcm2 of lead in the paint.
The following items in the x-ray rooms were p ositive for SXRF Lead testing indicating that the
walls and doors have lead sheeting in them, (to contain the x-rays). These components are
subject to regulatory requirements if disturbed or removed:
Phase 1969
No lead identified in this building phase.
Phase 1978r Room 1351, Door, South, West and East Wallr Room 1352, Door, South, East and View Port Wall.. Room 1356, Door, North and View Port Wall.r Room 1364, South and View Port Wall
Phase 1986. Room 3130, Door, North, South, East and View Port Wall.r Room 1802, North, West and View Port Wall.
.*\ryahh
eo"iron
Vail Med.ical Centerl March 14, 2MI
t
I
t
Vail Medicol Centerl
-lage 7
March 14, 2001
Proiect #475G010
t
t
t
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
T
I
4 LEAD REGULATIONS
There are a number of regulations promulgated in the United States to control the release of
lead to the environment and that protect workers from the harmful effects of occupational lead
exposures. The following discussion outlines the major regulations that cover leacl, and the
procedures required for compliance with each regulation.
4.1 Worker Protection Regulations:
Renovation and demolition activities involving lead-based paint are covered under the OSHA
Construction Industry Standard for Lead (Title 29 of the Federal Code of Regulations, Part
1926.62). This standard addresses such issues as worker training, medical evaluations,
personnel protective equipment, exposure assessment, air monitoring, hygiene facilities and
practices, and health and safety plans. OSHA regulations do not define a minimum
concentration of lead as a threshold for action. Thus, even concentrations below HUD levels
are covered under OSHA regulations.
29 CFR 1926.62 - Lead
This regulation pertains to workers exposed to occupational sources of lead, including
demolition, removal or encapsulation of materials containing lead, new construction involving
installation of products containing lead, maintenance operations, and clean up of lead
contamination. Workers involved in these activities must follow several very specific
procedures contained in this regulation, including the following items.
Training - Workers are required to receive instruction in the hazards of lead, the means of protecting
themselves, the use of protective equipment, decontamination procedures, and the nature of the work
being performed that may cause exposures to lead.
Permissible Exposure Limits - Workers may not be exposed to airbome concentrations of lead in excess
of 0.05 mg/m3 for an eight-hour period of time. Workers in areas that exceed this level must be
provided with appropriate respiratory protection.
Exposure Assessment - air quality during lead projects must be monitored to determine the worker
exposure to lead. lnitial operations involving torch cutting, welding, abrasive blasting, and grinding on
lead paint must be performed using supplied air until representative air concentrations can be measured
and appropriate protective measures laken.
Hygiene Facilities - workers in lead work areas must be supplied with showers and wash facilities for
use after work shifts.
Written Compliance Program - Prior to initiation of the activities involving ttre handling of lead, a
written worker protection program shall be prepared to detail all measures taken to ensure worker
protection and compliance with this standard.
Scientists ard Engineers, Inc.
I
t
I
I
T
t
T
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
4.2 Environmental Protection Regulations:
The following environmental protection regulations administered by the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) or by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
(CDPHE) may apply to renovation projects depending on the types of methods used to deal
with the lead based paint during renovation activities. A review of the final work plan for the
project and in some cases, discussions with the appropriate agencies will be required to
determine the final requirements of these regulations.
Waste Handling and Disposal
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and Sections 260 - 265 of the EPA Regulations
require the proper management of all hazardous wastes. Paint debris containing lead often
qualifies as hazardous waste due to the leachability of the lead from the waste, but samples
would have to be taken from the waste to make a final determination. If the paint waste
qualifies as a hazardous waste, this material must be properly stored on the site, labeled,
packaged in appropriate containers, and shipped to an approved hazardous waste disposal or
treaunent facility. Materials that do not exceed this limit may be disposed of as a solid waste.
5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The following building components were
sufficient to require worker protection,
procedures:
X-ray Rooms
Building Phase 1978
demonstrated to contain lead in concentrations
environmental protection, and waste handling
. Room 1351, Door, South, West and East Wall. Room 1352, Door, South, East and View Port Wall.I Room 1356, Door, North and View Port Wall.r Room 1364. South and View Port Wall
Building Phase 1986
r Room 3130, Door, North, South, East and View Port Wall.. Room 1802, Door, North, West and View Port Wall.
Under demolition/renovation, the contractor must comply with requirements set forth in the
Code of Federal Regulations, OSHA Construction Industry Standard for Lead 1926.62, when
renovatior/ demolition activities directly impacts lead containing materials. This Standard
addresses such issues as: worker certification, medical evaluations, personnel protective
=\\alshEnvirorunental Scientists and Engineers, Inc.
Vail Medical Centerl March 14, 20Ol
Vail Medical CenteT
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
equipment, exposure assessment air monitoring, decontamination facilities, and a written
health and safety plan. The construction standard is applicable when the deleading of
components prior to renovation/destruction of the facility occurs, or if biological and air
monitoring action levels are exceeded.
Additionally, lead materials require a hazardous waste determination pursuant to 40 CFR
262.11, and 40 CFR 261.24. Demolition/Renovation waste characterization should be
performed on structures contaminated with lead-based paint by the Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Process (TCLP). A sample representative of each component to be demolished may
be submitted for laboratory analysis. The Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP)
limit for lead is 5ppm in the leachate. The lead sheeting located in the walls and doors will
exceed this limit must be recycled or disposed of as hazardous waste.
The following recommendations are based on applicable OSHA, EPA and CDPHE, and other
regulaory agency requirements and guidelines:
To comply with applicable Hazard Communication requirements, VMC should disclose
the locations of Lead Sheeting to the General Contractor and other that may potentially
impact the Lead.
To ensure compliance with applicable worker Protection requirements, the vMC
should require the General Contractor and it's subcontractors to comply with the
requirements set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations, osHA Construction
Industry Standard for Lead 1926.62
To ensure compliance with applicable Environmental Protec'tion requirements, the
VMC should require the General Contractor and it's subcontractors to comply with the
code ofFederal Regulations, EPA Resource conservation and Recovery Act, 40 cFR
262.11, and 40 CFR26L.24 requirements
To protect building occupants and address liability concerns, additional engineering
controls, a set of Technical Specifications (project design) can bring together the
osHA regulations and recommended engineering controls identified in HUD
Guidelines, ASTM Standards, and the National Institute of Buildings and Science
Model Guide Lead-Abatement Specification. Such specifications can address the use of
specific engineering controls, including: critical barriers, negative pressure ventilation
enclosures, HEPA ventilation machines. etc.
g\ryalsh
Environmental Scienti.s a
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Medical Centerl March 14, 2001
Page to proiecl H475GoIo
6 ESTIMATED LEAD ABATEMENT GOSTS
Due to the nature of the inspection, the various approaches for lead compliance (abatement vs.
non-abatement) and the pending the final renovation plan, potential abatement costs are not
estimated at this time. Cost estimates can be provided once work procedures and the proposed
work plan for the renovation project is finalized.
7 LIMITATIONS
The lead-based paint investigations were performed using screening techniques not intended to
be exhaustive, nor is it implied that every component was inspected or that every lead-based
paint material was discovered. Due to hidden paints, non-homogeneify conditions, and
substrate interference, there is a potential that some lead-based paints were not identified in the
course of this investisation.
gwalsh
Environmental Scientists and Engineers, Inc.
APPENDIX A
SXRF RESULTS
z
r2
2X3i{
I?rnB
..Eii3 F
i€:::-;r- g :. tE?2ra
??riF
: ; i+_i
! EEFi
€i g?9
e9g itit€i€t-r9gE;lEifF:-i.g
.=t
t
>
z,
Jt
t
;
zE6A! E=
JT?
=JQIt 5.E
5EJ;Jir r'5
:;=
5E.E
a-?6
Ir
tl
H
l;IT
l;IFls
IE
IE
l-
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t,
89:80 lO/tl/tocztc 0r9 coc.EUVSYWI
N
zooVl
t!
.: I
E i:
Et5
!
!
E
:F
EFt
t
:c I't1-*r 'r -l ^t"tl "r 'r -l i 1-r -r"r-i 'r1l 't'r-t *r=r-l -l -l -!
;:E?T6dl
!!9
*i-s l-i "t1 1"1"1 i "r1 =l "l ol 't "t1 =l "l ol 11'l =l "l "l =r "l "l i'r or
ttl
FFE 1i I i1 |ii I ttl ,.'. Ittr tttt
I
-r -t Illl
tttt
I
-r-rlttl
-ri
I
s
!
d
I
c
v
E
t:
I
s14
a
?
'"i
a
\
f
!Fl-i-
i<
5
^
(
{o
I
^{)i
fl
6
ig3 \A -L -\.l
9^r3
.t!E n)<
Y -l z
-\.
LY ,$
t-
I
+*I t3t '*a\>
4
+1 ?.
a<.6jA
u(,L \%j '+t
!iil .76
q\
tbo R T.
X
o!
tl
:a
I
A
tt
6
C
ta
4
C'z
!r.
x
€
..h
\)
i
\:(!
E
E
LI
s
I
I
l
I
I*l
\.F.|rl
-1
I
I
a
=
=6,
I
I
I\l\JI
FJ
I
I
at
I::
oi
I
I
I
I
I
I
<)a>
I
b
E
€t
s
o
EgEx
U
=vi rr* irt
9H;razrdFaza
?U) -t-L.inHF;''l F
st, FJZf?ZAEn7AY
EEet) FtJ
:,t
I6
g
te
E.
E
{
t
t
€
.0
1E'
.:l
f?r- 95
*3=;lrta< lo
'iE:E
;qEti;EF:'
i???i
i EIEi
iE€€i
i=i=i E+
s:=!Eii;t3
5irgi
asai9
!
?
!g-E€E=€6 SE'?
Fd€
5!it; ir rE- rli
9dtt
5!F
ea: Q0 To/at/coczle nrq ene.o-)rvsYxYr.
-tr? !
E iri:!
-d€
I
!
E
f-t.l"F
ie "r 'r -l 'l 'r -l "r1-t 11r 't =t -l
ltl i 1-r 111 111 iil *r=r-l
:!!ia.q5
!I te
A
+ias t-tt"t't 11"r 1"1"1 =r "l ol
=r "r "l 11'l i "r1 =l "l ol -r 'l 'l =r "r ol
EFE -r-rl
tll ttlttl ii I
ttlttl -r-rl
ttl
-r -r Ittl i1 I
-r -r Ittl -r-tl
ttl 1i I
I
tt
4
!
B
G
t4
a!
cT
d
I
r
\I
t4
c
{..(
o
I
bn
d
g
at
(q
sI
,-I
s
J\
s
\
q
\
6a
.!
It
fl
a
1
I
on(
3
Ie
s
.{
<f
z
!
A
G
lirlIul
q
st I
{
{
\t
I
!
3
3.s
I\{
{(l
v
.:l
d
v
3?asu *e f*_-\.L A-q-i\e r\\
I9^3=
.'
..F
j
TG 5 ?.+
\sr 3,.os R
as EtA s a
dtt
E ".,L 3$[\&.rz)A
<j-
Ee
a\S
\\'*&<S
-r'j)-'9 -ls \
ib.A
E E J 4 2 j E =
7 E
3i-Lal
IN k *3I ++
Y
I
c
x:
c
oo
a
$I
I
ca
I
Irl
Ect
a
=I
Eiu*
L
.\
=ED
e-
t4l
I
I
I
I
I'l!l
I
€
I
)s
I
Ig
E|
E
t
I
l
I
+
Ul
G
5
E
Gz
G
r. 1
-
G
C-c
G
t
t
I
T
I
{!t
a
.A
&
:tt
L
q,
x
tlo2
E4x
c
t
L'
e
I
800la
T6.
5
.!|I
?
t
j
3t
iti
'f
I-)!:
5l
.ql
';ti*
E??:
;Eip'E< ilo
?3!i
=: g!-t5!tEJ j
iSei!lii
t3F{Ti rJ
E: it!I E9:a d t-
=ztE;tii
i;€ I
t
:at
E
I
z:
IL!
it
E
=
I;i
iiE€let-o:
F!t6ddi{i
Ed3
Ft5
l0/cl/to69:80czlc 0r.9 coc&zAVSYUYtr,
-i.-: l
i 3Ej 35
a
:
E{
ig 'l "i -l 'r "r -l 111 '11-'l -l -r 'l "l -l 'l 'l -r ..iZ-tl 't1l .::-.lll
:rE?6da
g
!€ea>
I
!a =r 'r 'l i11 =r 'l ol =r 'r "l i "r"r =l 'r ol ii"l =r 'r "l =r 'r "l =t "t "t
iFe -r -t Itir i'r I
-t-t Ittl -t-rl
ttl
-r-rl
ttl ttl il I
-r -' Itrl lll i-t I
!
u
t
3
!c
n
I
G
cx
\;6iilli
r4
o
$
3
I6
I
I
I
I
i
-\lsl(\
I
v}
J
(^
\
.|r
$
hI
,f
!3e (\'*C \5
3
!:&
AD
4.t3 s
I
,g
R 5 \
c
,=?J I
tB=ag-
L
\T t \
:d
.:l
EU
cte.
t
T
Y
3
ot
a
t
{
\
3
6ao
E
?
t-o
E
IL
\
$
:E
=U'
I
I
II
I
I
I
rl
d.l
-l ::
al
6
g
I
I
I
I
I
"l5l
?l
I
I
Ii:
Ec
n
I
E
ls
't)
l5
-zf;l
Gzttl6r3
F
TFz
rII>JZi!d
ls?l<T}
i
;
I
I
I
it
I
a
II
I
=aT'
a
(t,
ii
u,
ctx
a,EI
G
Eax
?oo A
E
?ie:gfE' E;ir
;-lEs i
EF;:3
?Fi:e2a€l E?r!E1
i:E+i
fEEEief:; !
SeiiE
^i
E
;
t
'>
,
n
e
ItEvrEl!E
Eieg::
eE;
i+i
E€E5i!
=aiaA
ll
]d
t:
Ig
lf
l-
I
I
I
I
I
rl
nn: nn Tn/eI/cocz /.c n/.c nnc.o.xvsnrYJ.
g
;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ji
J
T!
a,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
=su)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii:t
vl
l:-
x
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i:
oa
x
o
\so
t
\
3
a!
:
z
=ts
;
!l
Cl.
I
I
I
I
!
tr.l
J|\}l
-tI
I
I::
=o,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I4-lii
I
Ii
I
I
IJ
A?
I
Ii:
lo
It
(,
z
ai ,4A i-rEird
zrr.;iazt': FAe=3z?E;AAE!d;-' F(nF
rlZf=ztt{AE=
=6Y
fr?H!i
lA rl
'
I
900 trl
l4 006
? iii rl=*i-. g
iE' il
?!i**{
;; i::3;eiEii
=Ei;: dr,
i:??iE E
iigiii
lig:iiE
!
acE6,I !:,!-s9
=!9ieg
EZiir;
I!E
,i :r :r
U9: UU -o-.ruJ o/u J/zJ I At(AtAt(
3
.g-;i
E
-F!
;.tE5et
=at;;6S
ia -r -r -l "t1-t !Z-.rll 'r =l -l ^r 'r -l "r "i -l 't1-l -r =t -t -r-r-l G z-.||l
!r!isr:l
E33
+i --=r 'l "l =r'11 =l 'l "l =r 'r ol 'r11 =r 'l ol i -rol .r"r1 i'r"l 1'r"l
IFE tllttl -r-rl iil ltt lll lll 1=r I
-r-rlttl
tt=t
I
-r-rltll
I
it
4
3
c
Li
i.rl
oi
ri
c
I
ln
l
=
o
I
J(r
i
\t
$(^lo.l
o''l
l*
io
i?
."iq
dl
o
i"
5
2lTI>lt+'+l
1.-1tslxi
"\I
!Eu A \ts =\{t s \}dt *A.-l\
!9 s]s \.:]+
3
2<g\r
.2{t_\-tt)
.:'l
E
fra
t'g nry
E
.t E .&,.t d,-)-Sf=J-.8\$ /A \ts 4a
(>-
(v --x
ot)
1*S\)*g ?.A €--tz .I
;5 4P %.e \
t?,
Ig:J
rs
s -\.e +
e:,I
\.:B 1
5.-
/*)q
UJ/ L'/VL
^
J
I
0q.
I\l
t
ft
g
I
Itltl
\4
A
\t{vl
I
Ii:e
E
€
Lo
I
I
I
Irl
\J\l-l{
II
I
!
n
=(4
s
E
i
I
I,l
Jl!1a
I
I
I;:
EI
a()
=tti rr;iqZrt; (t)
zt)F
aza?z?Etia6Fr
C):(4ts
JZf?ZAa,r
Z i-lv6Y
=altrrrt
3F
=
I
l
:'
.:t
a
o!
F
t!t
EIo
u,
4
=tr
v1tr
X
It
EI
4
A
x
I
li
I
ri
I
lr
l;
I
l,
I'
I'
@oo7
c{
€gE4
3j
9-::Ii;z;rt+
=s)2i
5-:it
!t3
ET
=;=t:
E5 I
! i"A;€-i !
?I..*rt€< la
iiEEE:,-EAEj=6,! r'
iEEgE
iii;i
iiiiE
":gsE;aeaa9
r
I
Il
I
F-
i
I
I
r
I
i
t
i
I
E
I-; i;i!i
gEEI
EgiS
?i tid, r'!l
jF!!
i
I
?
{
)
-
I|ltl
let;
IF
t;
l€
lg
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
..IJ UJ 07U JTZJ 'I'AIIASARVJ/ LJ/ VL U9: UI
I
\9
I
$l\)
g
I
I
e
:4
,ll
6
I
c
ri
ri
j{
E(J
o
!l
l,
etea
va
G
L
u2
14
x
e
c
e..
Aa
I
I
I
I
-l
-\rl\l
I
I
I
:;
=ui,gH
2Etrazr.F
za
??Etu)a!dr'! Fu2F
JZi?ZErAzd7AJ
;:z r_-eas-l
7
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
z
=.
ltr
I
I
I
I
I
I
eJl
N
\
1-
IIi:
E
:;
I
L
NI
I
T
T
rgl uuu
r !lr 1lr El
!z
=; !
i3e ;
i!i* o t
:.'E3:3I
iA=iiir
liE;sie
liEg€ii
liiiiit
E
ol
li*3
E 4g{.!d0t
xEe,i
;s!l
Ir
lE'l6It
t2
l-€li
1""
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
ut: uI 'al-,u., o,u dr4r)tAt{A)At{
\a/$\F
vJ/ ta/ v L
U
ct
I
I
I
o
I
\0
o
t
\
:!Cl
II
I
I.l
ltpt
--l
I
I
I;:I
el
EI
:-
-.s(r
=
g
ta7
I
I
I
"l5
I
I
I
*l
I
I::
E
s,I
g
e
II
I
Y
O
=t,,Eir
EEii (A
zf,aza
3Z?=trhAF
vtFJZfl?ZC.lda
A r-l76
=,atrEtr]aA bJ.l
*
ro
(c!Ea!
ta
!
a,a4
x
I:,
dx
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tg 009
r E1E g1
.1 -. .lr{ :.
{ i: !
?;i*,t
liii!?i
la:3! :.3
|ii?i€ e
ffii
tgrg
ae^
$ g,;
El!9
iJEFJt(:6itjg!
r t'Z
i;5
gi5
ll
H
ls
ld
lo!
lqILt;
li'IElot:l5lzto
I
I
I
I
tl
I
ll,
.CTJUJ U/U JTZJ 'l AtuSAX
D.
r+
**.i
vJ/Ll/vL uy: uz
-
.it
oI
\9
,
ct\l
I
tltltlvlgi
.nll\llul
I
I
Ii:e
CI
=
CI
r
.*9
rF-
=
E6,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I./ld&4
I
I:
Et
a-ttr\
I
,7
I
I
e
7ui,iL:
2rEAta
erF
A40
?z?E;iAa !'1-F.aFJZ
.Z9{tslA
Z ?-'l7Az
EEFIatt >lJ
=
I
I
x
ot
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
n
c
tt2
a,
u
v,!.
x
1tc|
2
7<
&iolo
ill
ii*Ii
liii:il
liiiiil
E
nl
-nf"!ditttr;!q: iU€
: E .!l r
?; j'.
;o t !.:!!! lt !c itu9
,55 !
-=-;
-l
a
Ir
,ll
H
t:
ItrILli
ls
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
It
t1303 670 3723 TARASAR
5.? t
E 3t
; E5I
I
-xE- .!'
:e 'r =i -l -l=r-l -r-r-l 111 'r -r -l 'l'l-l 't=tr -r11 'l"l-l "r1l
!iur:J
I;-
+E "rE-=r-l1 "t"t 1
-t "t 't =t "r 't *r "l ot 1"r'l
-r "r ol tr 'l ol 1'rol *t 't 't
ite =r=t I ii I
tt=t
I
-l"ll :F I1-r I ttl iil 11 |1il itr
d T
!w\nA
I
ti
I
fJ
o
I
u
{
a
\
+
o
I
]
6
ft
i )c.{
t
1
o
I
3s
.E
!3s \.\.\\)
-\
\,-S -l
rg€aP
.A 9"_\,-\>
:
,q
tPrt
.5Y6,
.-.9.-s
t.?{:i t oo,A
Q 1,2
b'*
!o 4 \I *_+?.'4?':4 ' 12'ryP
iis {Iig -.\-.\b .//4&?z(\?*r,o %
\
03/lt/OL 09:03
Y
Y
\.:goi, rilt;ilitrl,>l I
II I I
|l,.' I
0lE:.+sEit<3
E6
BFIrtl
tllttl5lff e'-+;.,=
=;3t64-l
'l
..JI
Gcl
r-trl
r il| "l
rlIIl; I
tg
Hl
f E ;l
)lEI
is fll
I E *llA 6ll; il
r I *l
IIllilll
+-ii
t
q
Ia
x
2
r)
E
13/x
c
,t
@ orr
,
s3A1ii€
Ei:
i.rEI!.6it;;i
l.:
E;?.Y:
L
t
1
t
_*ii
i ir
1!?il:
: i'ir I
iigii
*i aii
I s$i!eri[.
llifi
r"iiEl
tiiii
$ii! E
aaaeE
;ili.5 |
iit
i:il
iii
iii
I
6t
caa
L
E
d
\
ttJ03 070 J723 TAXASAR
-:Ii33JEilt€
a!
tI
;3-3
ia ^r -r -l 'r "l -l ttt 'r 'r -l 'r-r-l lz,-rlll 'r1-l i'r1 -t=l j 'r1-l
t.
E€s€at
3
I€SE>
!
gE.=r "l tl tl 'r "l i "r't i1"l 1i1 i 1"1 't't1 i "r'r 1i "l i1"l
iFe -l-ll 11 |ilI 1i "l tttt
I 1il i1 |'ri I 'ri I
-r -t II tl
:Iq
-g
II
!
Eztx
t:
!
6r\l
t I
Jft
o
*
"!
t
hl
o
c
N
o
0!
\
Jo:
I
!t-
!3E /)_j \.\-:.
Id^t-aI g 2*'qq)B'A -\....:.
\
I
1d 1.
'".i''.1
,\*4
P.'_--$b \6
-zzti'
4 4
P1 b,t ---:.ft t a 1-I;, ' ,'t)tt o',,
ii=e-=-g
-\.
-{z
\S'
\
J
OJ/LI/OL 09:03
v
.:.
0A
Y
s
t4
E
D!
lq
I
I
4
tdtRL)
EH;' rtt
tslF
Azi?zl) -anh;-a6!dU:U'FJZf?ZEr3nAE=
=aJ
,o-*3J
I
I
II
T
I
I
I
l
Ii
.n
I
\q
I
(
g
t
I
I
I
I
I.l
Hrr\d
vl
IIi:s
uEL
=
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\,t IJql
I
I::
c
!v,
I
I
I
I
"i
\
II
+
E
o
I
I
I
")|4q
IIi:
Eo
3u
?
rct
t:ia
tt
4
I!
u
li4x
c
E
&.
ctx
E
I
I
@ 012
EItl
i!-
?s;cl .ji; A€:!r:
ti3E I
ii Es:-iE r-:
iaii:
geiis
-i i l.-;i
:3t !a
;-€; EgE
3iii5
siii:
;aac9!
ErizairiIs9
EEEEf;
ii i? !!;Fi
az 7t7 a
Irtlrll
H
lstilE!
ltA
ls'l!.
l€
lE
l5
I
I
I
I
tl
tl
tl
llr
09: 04 tt303 670 3723 TARASAR
"j:.*
03/13/oL
I\t
I
.[
:v_ai
IEl()
lol*rlllJlIl!!J I
-rn I Iv.l Itl
LIorlE::t3<6E6is53llttllJI{ll IcNt'tlItllr
IE
=;3tA,Elttltltltltl
I
-.{ |
l:iid
o-xlltl\l IcJl I4l^{l4lll
bE
EFEEUX
4
dri6H2E;iaz(dF
aza
?z?E
= -u)
trFJ
taFJZ.s?ZgrE376Y
6?.rl lrtaaJJ
'
I
@ orr
;l! il
.+€ i"'l
??c ;
^ a; iEi: A
? ilt9 E
|;ii:ii12':=t:i
l= i4^i ve.
lii?ii+
ffiii
;
-?!6it* gi
?!(,
td€?tcezijg iliEi5 tz cr i.J
5!i
I
I
lt
t)l
H
lil!
lH.
IE
l3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
llF
09: 05 t1303 670 3723 TARASAR
\
03/L3/0L
Jo
If(
: r.-
ai
IEt:r13llaurxtt
IVal I
ll\.1 |vl Itltl
LIctlE-
*€EJ
=3b5ii
lrtltltlSIslql-1 IIEl€
;:5a]Eu7-Irtltl)l4l4ltlDItl
| ..1rtZEI c!-
AXlltlll
.,,1 Iltl
dl
Ilr
t-E
EFEEUX
=ui Frsti2E;an
Ytsl t-
AZF
?z
F,tintrFJ
qtF-t7F?Zlrlda\
4rd
=ta
==tea=:EE
':
B
d
*)
t^
\\>s
r0
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
TE?1f,i ef,! E
5s$ i
iiiiii
ii?Ese
iieEii
iig:gE
"-eaEF
t
ti,
-6 --
{i g;
t E:t;
i 5ii{is I
{IEE'a i€a
,I551
FaaaEt
r.. :'
qn : An tn/eT /fnez,r e nlo fnf.g.xvsYIwJ.
\+tTo@l
tu
L)
oE'
IrA
oI
(\_,
ril
2n
h
,/)
;:C'
Lo
I
I
I
I
I
I
adr\sl
I
Ig
=v)l
I
Il
Ivstst-t
I
dt
I::
oFB
zst L.EA
a*.
ztd E<
Aza
32.9tr,U)frFlNFrnFJZf?ZEfc
- .-iv6
Y
atr. li
cra, i
,
I
x
at
fl
a
oa
=lI
n
(a
#
IA
xllllll,.tlc-J IEI>ttt'
T:
EE(Jx
E
I
e
I
I
Bol-0367
Project Manual for
Town of Vail
OFFICE COPY
HLM Design
Project Number: 99-0234.02
707 l7'h Street, Suite 2750
Denver, Colorado 80202
6-.303.299.9040
E 30s.299.9042
www.hlmdesign.com
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION
HLM Project Number 98-0071.04
15 October 2001
ffil{Y nusser-r e. \$RUSSELX, A.
SEDhIAK
ADDENDT]MNO.1
.--.-: Dot-o3?3
The inforsration contained in this Addendum modifies, suppldffents or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt ofthis addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in
the blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO TIIE PROJECT MANUAL:
SLM
DedCn
Added Documents and Sections:
The sections identified below shall be added to the Project Manual.
Document or Section Name
N/A
Document or Section Name
2
IILM 980071.04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
Town of Vail
OFFIGE COPY
A. Revised Ploiect Manual Pages:
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated Uy FlH$type in
the text and a [A2] notation in the margin identifying that the revision was rnade.
Areas where inforrnation has been deleted are identifying by strikin6 eut the text and
placing a [A2] notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project
Manual ahead of the pages they re. place.
Document or Section Ouantitv of Paees
08110 Steel Doors and Frames 6
08712 Door & Hardware Sched 24
B. Deleted Documents and Sections:
The sections identified below shall be deleted from the Project Manual.
Document or Section
N/A
Document or Section
10196 Cubical Curtain Track
l5-Ocioher 200t- -
ADDENDUMNO.l
D. Deleted Sections requirine Revised Sections:
The Sections ideutified below shall be deleted and replaced with revised new Sections
from the Project Manual.
Section Name
N/A
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS:
A. Suoplemental Drawines:
Indicating revisions to the respective Contract Drawings.
Contract Diawine Number Supplemental Drawine Number
Section
N/A
N/A
Drawing no.
N/A
rrLM98007l-04
B. Drawing Revisions:
Incorporate the following revisions into tlre respective Contract Drawings.
N/A
Revision
N/A
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
. -llOdober200l----
SECTION O8IlO STEELDOORS AND FMMES
SECTION O8I IO . STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUIvIMARY
A. This Section includes the followins:
l. Steel doors.
2. Steel door frames.
3. Fire-rated door and frame assemblies.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for installing anchors and grouting frames in
masonry construction.
2. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in steel frames'
3. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware
4. Division 8 Section "Glazing,'for glass in glazed openings in doors and frames.
5. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting factory-primed doors and frames.
1.3 DEFIMTIONS
A. Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in ANSI 4250.8, are
minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both uncoated steel sheet and the uncoated base
metal of metallic-coated steel sheets.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door and frame indicated, include door designation, type, level and
model, material description, core description, construction details, label compliance, sound and fre-
resistance ratings, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:
1. Elevations of each door design.
2. Frame details for each frame type including dimensioned profiles'
3. Details ofeach different wall opening condition'
4. Details of anchorages, accessories, joints, and connections'
5. Coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.
VN L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constru ction Do curne nts
HLM 980071-04
15 OcroBER 2001
08rr0-1
1.5
SECTION 08IlO STEELDOORS AND FMMES
C. Door Schedule: Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings in preparing schedule for doors
and frames,
QUAI,ITY ASSURANCE
Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are
indicated.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 tha( are listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.
2. Temperature-fuse Rating: Where indicated, provide doors that have a temperature-rise rating of
450 deg F maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure.
Fire-Rated Window Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated,
based on testing according to NFPA 257.
DELN'ERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver doors aud frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job
storage. Providc additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames.
Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage, and notify shipper and supplier if damage is found.
Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are accepuble to
Architect. Remove and replace damaged items that cannot be repaired as directed.
Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- high wood
blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If door
packaging becomes wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum l/4-inch spaces between
stacked doors to permit air circulation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
B.
1.6
A.
B.
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but fie not limited to, the following:
1. Steel Doors and Frames:
a.
b.
c.
d.
f.
;
Amweld Building Products, Inc.
Benchmark Commercial Doors; a division of General Products Co., Inc'
Curries Company.
Deansteel Manufacturing, Inc.
Kewanee Corporation (Ihe).
Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll-Rand.
fij,Aibi;6i5y'..tiifii:',.,, .
VAI L VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
Co nstntc tio n D o c urnents
HW 980071-04
15 ocroBER 2001
08110-2
SECTION OSIIO STEELDOORS AND FRAMES
2.2 MATERIALS
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting,
or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/4 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620/A 620M,
Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard offlatness.
Elecrrolyric Zinc,Coated Sreel She€r ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating;
mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness where used
for face sheets.
DOORS
General: Provide doors of sizes, thicknesses, and dcsigns indicated.
Interior Doors: hovide l8 gauge doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing
ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI 4250'4 for physical-endurance level:
1. Level 3 and Physical Performarce Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 1 Full Flush.
Exterior Doors: Provide 16 gauge doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing
ANSI ,4250.8 for level and model and ANSI 4250.4 for physical-endurance level:
Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A, Extra Heavy Duty' Model l, Full Flush.
Provide manufacturer's standard core insulation system for thermal resistance.
D.
2.3
D.
c.
t.
2.
AD
1A
c.
FRAMES
General: Provide 16 gauge steel frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other
openings that comply with ANSI 4250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. Conceal
fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, fabricate stops to receive three silencers on strike
jambs of single-door frames and two silencers on heads of double-door frames.
Plaster Guards: Provide 0.016-inch- thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close off interior
of openings; place at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obsfuct hardware
operation.
D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.042-inch- thick, electrolytic zinc-coated or
metallic-coated steel sheet.
1. Wall Anchors in Masonry Constxuction: 0.177-inch- diameter, steel wfue complying with
ASTM A 510 may be used in place of steel sheet'
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
B.
HLM 980071-04
ls-OcroBER 2001
08110-3
SECTION O8lIO STEELDOORS AND FRAMES
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standlrd units. Where zinc-coated items are to be built into
exterior whlls, comply with ASTM A t 53/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable'
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI 4250.8 and to be rigid, neat in
appearance, and free from defects including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in
manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before
shipment, to ilssure proper assembly at Project site.
B. Exterior Door Construction: For exterior locations and elsewhere as indicated, fabricate doors, panels,
and frames from metallic-coated steel sheet. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part
of door construction or by addition of 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel channels with
channel webs placed even with top and bo$om edges.
C. Interior Door Faces: Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush
units, from the following material:
1. Cold-rolled steel sheet.
D. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI
standards.
l. Polyurethane.
2. Polystyrene.
3. Vertical steel stiffeners.
4. Rigid mineral-fiber board.
E. Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than
1/4 inch between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom.
F. Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80'
G. Single-Acting, Door-Edge Profile: Square edge.
H. Tolerances: Comply with SDI I17, "Manufacruring Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
I. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or
hot-ro ed steel sheet.
J. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed
screws and bolts.
K. Thermal-Rated (nsulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled,
provide doors fabricated as thermal-insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to
ASnA C Zfe or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies.
l. Unless otherwise indicated, providc thermal-rated assemblies with U-value of 0.41 Bn:/sq. ft. x h
x deg F or better.
L. Sound-Rated (Acoustical) Assemblies: Where shown or scheduled, provide door and frame assemblies
fabricated as sound-reducing type, tested according to ASTM E 1408, and classified according to
ASTM E 4I3,
VAI L VALLEY M EDI C AL C BNT ER
Co nstructio n Do c urne,,ts
15 OcrgBER 2(M
HLM 980071-U 08110-4
STEELDOORS AND FMMES
l. Unless otherwise indicated, provide acoustical assemblies with STC sound ratings of33 or better.
Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according
to final door fardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable
requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI Al 15 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for -
hardware.
l. For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, reinforcement, and provisions for
fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames, as applicable.
Frame Construction: Fabricate frames to shape shown.
I . Fabricate tames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers and seamless face joints.
2. Provide welded frames with temporary spreader bars-
3. Provid€ terninated stops where indicated.
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applicd hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied
hardware may be done at Project site.
Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250-8-
Glazing Stops: Manufacturert standard, formed from 0.032-inch- thick steel sheet.
l. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for
glass, Iouvers, and other panels in doors.
2. irovide screw-applied, rimovable, glazing stops on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in
doors.
Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated.
FIMSFIES
Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standfid, factory-applied coat of rust-inhibiting primer complying with
ANSI 4250.10 for acceptance criteria
PART3.DGCUTION
SECTION OSIIO
M.
N.
o.
P.
a.
2.6
A.
3.1 INSTALLATION
General: Install steel doors, fiames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufactwer's da!a,
and as specified.
Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately
in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall
conifuction is completed-, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and
undamaged.
l. Except for frames located in existing walls or partitions, place frames before consfuction of
enclosing walls and ceilings.
2. In masonry construction, provide at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at corrcsponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include
masonry wire anchors and masonry T-shaped anchors'
B.
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL C ENT ER
Construction Documen6
HLM 98007r-04
15 OffoBEB-2NI----
08110-5
SECTION 08110
3. In metal-stud partitions, provide at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge
location on hinge jamb and at coresponding heights on strike jamb. Anach wall anchors to studs
with screws.
4. Install fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
5. For openings 90 inches or more in height install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs,
C. Door Installation: Comply with ANSI 4250.8, Fit hollow-metal doors accuately in frames, within
clearances specified i; ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and
ANSI/DHIA1I5.IG.
l. Fire-Rated Doors: lnstall within clearances specified in NFPA 80'
2. Smoke-Conbol Doors: Install to comply with NFPA 105'
STEELDOORS AND FRAMES
A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after installation, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime
coat and apply touch up of compatible air-drying primer.
B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective nnappings from doors and
frames,
END OFSECTIONOSIIO
VAI L VALLEY MEDI CAL C ENTE R
C o ns lru c ti o n D o c un e nts
IsQcroEEE2!9I - -
HLM 980071-04 08110-6
SECTION 08712
PART I - CENERAL
I.I SI,'MMARY
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
A. Section includes:
l. Finish hardware
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data:
l. Submit hardware groups, which identif, each hardware item, its type, design, finish, function,
mettrod of fastening or anchorage and group designation'
2. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware.
3. Electrical and electronic hardware:
a. Indicate each hardware group requiring electrical or electronic devices and devices that
interface with fue alarm system, in elevation form showing all electrical and elecfonic
wiring from device to device.
b. Each elevation of elecrically and electonically oPerated hardware groups shall have a
description of operation listed.
B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete Keying Schedule.
C. Provide templates to all manufacturers which have finish hardware applied to their products.
I.3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit maintenance manuals, spare parts Listing and recommended periodic maintenance schedules for
ali hardware items.
1.4 DELTVERY
A. Deliver hardware to thc job site in the manufacturer's original packages, marked with door opening
nunrber to identil correct location.
B. On-site inspection and assistance during installation of finish hardware and final adjusfrnent, as
reouired after installation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal finishes:
l. Typical hardware finish, satin chromiur/stainless, dependent upon base metal:
a. BHMA Finish Standard #626 (US Standard Finish US26D);
b. BHMA Finish Standard #628 (US Standard Finish US28);
c. BHMA Finish Standard #652 (US StandardFinish US26D);
d. BHMA Finish Standard #630 (US Standard Finish US32D);
B. Archorage Devices:
l. Use concealed anchoraqe for all items where concealed/exposed anchorage options are
VN L VAI,IEY MED I CAL CE NTER
C o n struc tio n D o c u m e nts
15 Octoher 2001
HItr 980071-04 08712-I
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCH EDALE
available. Provide concealed fasteners in sizes and lengths appropriate to the specific material
conditions.
2. Countersunk, flat head, slotted or Phillips anchors may be used to fasten hinges. AII other
exposed fasteners: counlersunk oval Phillips Heads'
3. hovide machine screws for anchorage to metal subsFates for all hinges, locks, closers, holders
and similar devices subject to dynamic forces. Self-tapping screws will be permitted for use on
wood or metal substrates only for surface mounted items that are not subject to dynamic
movemenL Wood screws, used only for wood subsfrates: maximum size allowed by bardware
item and maximum length allowed by substrate'
Stoos and Bumoers:
Glpn
Ives Jotuson Hiawatha Quality Rockwood
Mark Product Product Product Hager Product Product '' '
C,
D.Coordinators:
l. Provide coordinators with mounting bracketVhardware and filler tube equal to full opening
width.
Z. Finish of coordinators shall match BHMA 600, prime painted; color shall be determined by
ArchitecL
Door Controls Ives
Mark Product Product
CA01 600 series 900 series [Bar Type]
3. Where coordinators are required, a carry open bar is required on the active leaf.
DoorControls Ives
Mark Product Product
cB01 100
Door Bottom:
400 series
Reese 7*to National Guard
Mark Product Product Product
DB01 52r 361 420 [surface]
Arrs shall be
Door Closer:
1. Door closers shall be of rack-and-pinion firll hydraulic type with the following features:
a Key-operated hydraulic valve adjustnent for back-check, general closing speed and
latching speed.
b. Mechanical adiusfnent to increase unit spring power and mechanically reversible
arm-mounting shoe to increase latching power'
2. Primary shells shall be cast-iron or aluminuur alloy. Arnrs shall be folged steel.
factory painted, color to be selccted by fuchitect
3. Coven ihail not project more than 2-318" from door face. Color of plastic cases for door closer
covers to be selected by Architecr
4. Arm selection shall follow the requircments of the table below, with brackets, drop plates and
miscellaneous accessories provided as necessary. Corner brackets will not be permitted.
BB02 436 FBl3 24tF
VA]L VAIT^EY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n stru ctio n Do c u me nls
15 October 2001
BB0r 40r wB50c wl326R W307 406 [Wall-Rated and
Non-Ratedl
[floor stop]
F.
HLM 980071-M 08712-2
SECTION 087T2 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDAIE
LCN
Mark Product
DC0l 4010-DEL [std reglDelayed Action/Hinge Side Mount]
DC02 4010 H-DEL [std h9O/Delayed Action]
DC03 4l IO-DEL [par reglDelayed Action]
DC04 4110 H-DEL [par h90iDelayed Action]
DC06 4110 Cush-DEL [par regcush / Delayed Action]
DC07 4 I I 0H Cush-DEL [par h90cush / Delayed Action]
5. Provide proper spring size in accordance with manufacturerb recommendations, tabulated in
terms of mounting style and door width.
6. The sweep period of a closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the
door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3" from the latch, measured to the leading. - -
edge ofthe door.
7. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be:
a. non-fue rated interior doors: 5 lbf (22'2 N)
b. fue rated interior doors: as required by code'
G. Exit Devices:
l. Cylinden for exit devices shall be supplied by the lock suppiier'
2. Cross bars and touch bars of exit devices on doors to hazardous areas (machine roors, boiler
roons) shall have machine lsrurled finish to comply with ANSI Al l7' l
3. Basis ofleverdesign: Von Duprin #06.
Von Duprin Sargent Monarch
Mark Product Product Product
ED01 99L-Fx992L-R RR
EDOl 9947EO_F vRcR
ED03 99EO-F l2-8888G F-l8-R-BA RR
4. Abbreviations are defined as follows:
a. RR: RimRated
b. VRCR: Vertical Rod Concealed Rated
Von DuPrin Sargent
Mark Product Product
PB0l MPB-840 3510
PB02 MPB-842 3510
PB03 MPB-851 3560
H. Electric Stri-kes:
l. hovide rectifier and transformer for 24vdc.
2. Provide access controls.
Von Duprin
Mark Product
ES01 6000
I. Flush Bolts:
l. Manual bolts shall be provided in sets, consisting ofone top and one bottom bolt for each door.
Bottom bolt shall have 12" long operating rod- Top bolt shall have 12" bolt for door heights
VNL UALT.EY M EDICAL C E NTER
Constuction Documen8
15 Octoher 2001
HLM 98007t-M 08712-3
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
up to 7'-0", For heights over 7'-0" incrcase bolt length so that operator is located no less than
6!0" above floor.
2. Dust proof Roor strikes are required for all floor bols.
3. Manually Operated:
Ives Glynn-Iohnson
Mark Product Product
FBO1 4588 FB6
4. Automatic Bolts:
Glynn-Iohnson Door Controls
Mark Product Product
FB04 FB7 840 Metal doors
J. Flat Good Kick Plates:
1. Plates shall be 0.080" thick vinyl acrylic with top and side edges beveled. Finish & color to be
selected by Architect.
2. Kick plates shall be 12" high. For single doors, plate widths shall be actual door width less 2";
for double doors, actual door width less l-112" per leaf.
3. Flat goods shall be glued and faslened.
ConsEuction
Kleerdex Specialties
Mark Product Product
FC0l "Kydex 160" "Acrovyn" Kick Plate
K. Hinges:
1. Hinges for interior use shall be cold rolled steel, brass or bronze of specified finish. Exterior
hinges shall be stainless srcel (BHMA #630).
2. Pins shall be of button tip, non-rising for typical applications, with non-removable pins which
shall be locked in place by set screw il banel, used typically for ail exterior doors.
3. Hinges shall be square+ornered, frrll mortise' to template.
4. Quantity of Hinges:
a. One hinge for each 2'-6" ofdoor height or portion of 2'-6" door heighr
5. Interior Hinges:
a Doors 1-314" thick, up to and including 3'-0" wide, standard weight 0.134" tlttck" 4-112"
x 4-ll2", ball bearing.
Lawrence StanIeY Hager McKinneY
Mark Product Product Product Product
HG0l BB4lOl FBBI79 81279 TB27r4
b. Door leaf l-3l4" thick, over 3'-0" up to 4'-0' wide, heary weight 0.180" thick' 5" x
LlD",ballbearng.
I:wrence StanleY Hager McKinneY
Mark Product Product Product hoduct
HG02 BB5l5l FBBI68 881168 T483786
6. Pocket Hinges:
a. Pocket hinge for size up to and including 3'-0" wide, standard weight 3116 thick" 6-114"
xl-17R2"
VAI L VAI,I-EY MED ICA L C ENTER
Construction D ocuments
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 08712-4
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
b. Provide appropriate label devices for specific opening'
Rixson Dorma Dor-O-Matic
Mark Product Product Product
HCO4 519 75523 9l l05F [20 min label]
519 75523 9l l05F [90 min labeU
7 . Exterior Hinges:
a. Doors l -3l4" thick up to and including 3'-0" wide, standard weight 0.134" thick" {lD"
x 4-112" , ball bearing.
Lawrence SunleY Hager McKinneY
Mark Product Product Product Product
HC03 BB410l FBBlgl BBll91 TB23l4
b. Door leaf l-3l4" thick, over 3'-0" up to 4'-0' wide, heavy weight 0.180" ttriclc' 5" x
4-12", ball bearing.
lawrence StanIeY Hager McKinneY
Mark Product Product Product Product
HGO4 BB5I51-A FBBI99 BB1I99
L. Locksets, Latchsets and Dead Bolts:
l. Locksets and latchsets with 2-314" backset shall be cylindrical type with cases of uniform size to
allow interchangeability.
2. Mechanically actuated anti-friction latchbolts and deadbolts shall have at least 112" throws. For
double doors and doors under UL label requirements, larchbolt throws shall be 3/4".
3. Provide standard ASA strikes with curved lips of lengths to suit doot and jamb conditions, with
wrought box strikes.
4. Criteria shall meet following requirements only:
a. Series Schlage Seri-es n / O pin with 7s pin to secure in place. Provide temporary
construction cYlinder core.
b. Design Name Rhodes
c. Lever design
5. l.pvers on doors to hazardous areas shall have machined knurled fiaish to comply with ANSI
Al17.1
6. Escutcheons shall be cut to accommodate lock functions as scheduled.
7. Cylinders for aluminum doors shall be furnished by this Section for installation by Sections
08410 and 08339. Sides of rose and cylinder shall be perpendicular to door face, not beveled.
Finish on cylinders for aluminum doors shall match color of aluminurn
8. Cylindrical - levers
Type Sargent Corbin Schlage Glynn
Mark Product Product Product Johnson Function
LK02 D1OS - [Passage]
LK03 D4OS - [Toilet]
LK04 D53PD [Office]
LK07 DSOPD - [Storeroom]
LK08 I 15 1860 HL6 [HosPital Latch]
LK09 D94PD [Classroom]
VAIL VAITEY M EDICAL C E NTER
Construction Documenls
15 October 2001
HIhL 98007I-04 08712-5
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
M, Magnetic Holders:
l. Electric hook-up provided by Division 16.
2. Electical requirements: Refer to Division 16.
Rixson DORMA
Mark Product Product
MH01 FM 980 EP450l [Floor' single]
Rixson DORMA
Mark hoduct Product
MH02 FM 998 8M508-24AD [Wall]
N. Overhead Holders:
l. Provide units on door heads, sized to accommodate door conditions as follows:
Glynn-Johnson
Mark Product
OH02 GJ-90F [Surface Interior]
O. Thresholds:
Reese Tnro National Guard Pemko
Mark Product Product hoduct Product
TFI03 S405A - 513 - [handicap accessible]
P. View scope
Ives
Mark Productvsol 696
a. Weatherstripping:
National
Reese Pemko Guard 7so
Mark Product Product Roduct Product
wsol 33c 379CR 2525W
[frarne mounted, acts as a door stop]
ws03 86AP 369AP 136P
[meeting pair of rated doors]
ws04 7978 S88D 5050W
[smoke doors]wso5 A605A
[use with ER01]
R. Pivots:
l. Pivots shall be plated brass or bronze.
2. Heavy duty pivot set shall have surface mounted floor support for bonom pivot, mortised upper
pivol
3. Center hung pivots:
Rixson Dorma McKinneY StanleY
Mark Product hoduct Product Product
PVol ln-3t4 cHp-l EP-5 DAP3
320
VAIL VALLEY MED ICA L C E NTER
Constuctbn DocumenE
15 October 2001
HIM 98M71-04 08712-6
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
S. Emergency Release Stop:
McKinney l:wrence
Mark Product Product
EROI css-9 7t0G32D
T. Pocket Door:
Stanley L.E.
Mark Product Hager Johnson
PD0l 2826w12825-6 9ll0Vtwowheelhangers 1500 wl 1125 roller
bearing hangers
U. Folding Door Hardware:
L.E.
Mark Haeer Johnson
FD0l 9870 t00FD ltwo door set for 3'-0" opening]
V. Sliding Door Ilardware:
Mark Haser
SD05 9885 [two door set for 8'-4" opening]
W. Door Pull:
Mark Haeer
DP01 3E [wrought door pull]
DP02 2630 [round flush pull]
X. Automatic Operator, Fire Rated:
Mark Horton - Series 4900 Electric Fire Door Ooerator Package
AEO9
Push Plate:
1) Manufacturer's wall mounted push plate fabricated as 6" diameter clear anodized
aluminurn or stainless steel, with engraved enamel filled international handicapped
insignia-
2) Provide handicap logo with engraved enamel paint.
3) Electric hookup provided by Division 16.
Y. Flush Bolts:
Mark lves
FB-l 458 ln
FB-2 358 [fire rated]
Z. Keying:
1 During the construction period key exterior doors and specific interior doors to be designated
after constuction begrns, keyed to a construction grand master key system that shall rcmain
operative during the construction phase.
2. Base the permanent keying system on the Owner's existing Great Grand Master system which is
the Hospital's systern Determine keyed-alike sets jointly by the Owner's Representative and the
Confactor immediately after contact award. Perform keying and biting by and registered with
VAI L VALIEY M ED I CAL C ENTER
Co n s tru ctia n D o c am e nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 08712.7
SECTION 08712 DO OR H ARDWARE AN D SC H EDU LE
3.
4.
Sctrlage.
Package permanent keys in marked, idcntified envelopes and delivered by Registered Mail
direct to tbe Owner's Representative from manufacnrer.
Provide key contol system with a capacity of 1.75 times the nunber of door locks, with
complete dual tag system.
a- cabiner concealed piano type hinge and rounded sides. Panels: individual
hook-andJabel pockets formed from metal.
b. Tags: set for permanent attachmcnt of file key without the use of tools and one set with
snaphook holding at least four kcys.
Provide indexing to record information conceming lock and keys alphabetically, hook
numerically, key numerically and master key.
Provide permanent loan register to properly identifo key borrowers while receipt tabs
shall be supplied for temporary loan.
Acceptable manufacnrers :
l) Lund
2) KeyControl
3) Hafele
4) Telkee
PART3 -EXECUTION
3.1 DELTVERY
A. llardware irems shall be packaged separately, tagged with apPropriate identification and location data,
delivered to the Site and stored in a protected manner in a location mutually agreeable tro the Con&actor
and to the Owner.
B. Only construction keys shall be delivered to the Site
3.2 INSTALLATION OF FIMSH ITARDWARE
A. Install hardware per manufacturer's directions and to manufachuer's temPlates. Adjust for proper
operation and function.
Thresholds shall be coped to profile of jamb, set fui continuous urastic, anchored with countersunk
expansion bolts.
Properly tag, index and file keys.
Pairs of doors: Right hand will always be active' unless otherwise indicated.
Insr'll "constuction cylinders" for use during the constuction phase. hior to conrpletion, install
"permanent cylinders".
F. hovide UL rated hardware for hre rated door and frame assemblies'
ADruSTMENT AND CTIECKING
A. Hardware supplier shall be available on a reasonable demand basis to assist installers in evaluation of
VNL VAU,EY M EDICAL C ENTE R
C o ns frtt ctio n Do c ume nt s
15 October 2001
d.
B.
c.
D.
E.
3.J
HLM 98M71.04 08712-8
SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCNEDALE
function and installation questions as drey arise.
Operable devices shall be individually field checked and adjusted by hardware supplier or
representative of the device manufacturer just prior to final acc€ptance of the builAiog an4 at a second
period approximately six months after complete building occupancy'
At the time of final adjusunent described abovc, all operating/adjusting tools shall be delivered to the
Ownerb Representative along with written explanation of their use and function, accompanied by such
demonstrations to the Owner's maintenance personnel as the Ownert Representative deems necessary.
3.4 HARDWARE CROI.JPS
A.Hardware selection is based upon hardware groups for each door leaf (i.e., a pair of doors requires nvo
har{1v4re groups). Where an opening requires specific. jtems,-sgc.-h- aq- coordinaton, tlueshold or
weather-stipping, include in only one of the hardware groups.
Grouo LatchinsFunction
AUTOMAfiCDOORS
BI.FOLDING DOORS
BY.PASSING DOORS
CLASSROOM
EXITLOCKSET
FLUSH BOLT
OFFICE LOCKSET
PASSAGELATCHSET
SLIDING POCKET DOORS
STORAGELOCKSET
TOILET/BATHLOCKSET
EXITDEVICE-RIM
EXIT DEVICE. VERTICAL ROD CONCEAI.ED
CYLINDERONLY
3.5 FLUSH BOLTS
Hardware Group F-01
Hinges HG0l [non-rated]
Flush bolts FB0l
Hardware Group F-02
Hinges HG0l
Flush bolts FB04
+ii.g;r;liii:;;r'roQdi.urij
€eerdina$er €tet
VAIL VAILEY MEDICAL C ENTE R
Constuction Documents
15 October 2001
B.
c.
A
BF
BP
c
E
F
o
P
SP
s
T
v
X
z
A.
B.
A
AA €leser----D€o3
flLtI 98m71-M 08712-9
SECTION 087T2 DOO R HA RDWAR E AND SCH EDU LE
3.6
B.
Hardware Group O-01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 [office function]
Bumper BB0l lwall stop]
lnon-rated oPening]
Hardware Group O-02
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 lotEce function]
Closer
Bumper
DCor
BBOI [wall stop].
[non-rated or rated opening]
[smoke seal]
D.
Weattrerstrip WS04
Door Bottom DBol
Hardware Group O-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK04 loffice function]
Overhead Holder OH02
Hardware Group O-M
Hinge
Loclaet
Closer
Bunper
Required
LK04 [office frrnction]
DC02 [holdopen90"]
BBOl
Hardware Group O-05
Hinge Required
Loc|aet LKOI [ofEce function]
Closer DC04
Bumper BB0l [wall stop]
Weatherstrip rffSO4 lsmoke seal]
Hardwarc Group 0-06
Hinge Required [inswing]Lockset LK04 [office function]
Closer DCOI
Weattrerstrip WS0l
Door Bottom DB01
Threshold TH03
Hardwa.re Group O-07
Hinge Required loutswing]
LK04 [office tunction]
[90 degree hold oPen]
lnckset
Closer rcO7
Weathersaip WS0l
DoorBottom DB0l
Threshold TH03
HLilI 9E0071-04 VAI L VALLEY M EDI CAL C ENT ER
Cons tuction Documerrls
15 Ocmber 2001
08712-10
3.7
SECTION 08712
H. Hardware Group O-08
Hinge Required
lrcket LK04 [offrce function]
Closer DC0l
Weatherstrip WSOI
I. Hardware Group O-(D
Hinge Required
l,ocket LK04 [office function]
Closer DCOI
Weatherstrip SW04 [smoke seal]
J. Hardware Group,O-l0 -Hinge Required
Loclaet LK04 [of6ce function]
Closer DC0l
PASSAGE
D OO R TIARDWARE AN D SCH EDU LE
B.
Hardware Group P-01
Hinge Required
Locket LK02 [passage function]
Piria*.'*,:;ri.1Sgql
Ilardware Group P-02
Hinge Re4uired
Lockset LK02 [passage function]
Closer DC01
Bumper BB01 [wall stop]
[non-rated or rated oPening]
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group P-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK02 [passage function]
Overhead Holder OH02
Hardware Group P-04
PocketHinge HG04
Locket LK02 [passage function]
Closer DC0l
Coordinator/Carry
Open Bar CA0I/CBOI
Magnetic Holder MH02
Weatberstip SW04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group P-05
Hinge Re4uired [swing clear tYPe]
Lockset LK08 [hospital function]
Holder OH02
Weatherstrip WS01
D.
VAI L UAIT^EY MEDI CAL C E NTER
Conshrctbn Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 98OO7I-M 08712-tI
SECTION 08712
F. Hardware Group P-06
Hinge
Locfrset
Closer
[swing clear tYPeJ
LK08 [bospitalfunctioni
LK02 [passage function]
[smoke seal]
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE
Required
DCol
Weattrenrip WS01
Bumper BB0l
Ilardware Group P-07
Hinge
l.ockset
Closer
Weatherstip
_ .Magnetic Holder
Required
DC03
ws04
MHO2
Hardware Group P-08
J.
Hardware Group P-(D
Hardware Group P-10
Hinge Required
Lockset
Closer
Weatherstrip WS04
Ifardware Gmup P-11
Hinge
Lockset
Automatic Operator
€eeer-------D€Ol
LK02 [passagefunction]
LK02 [passage function]
[smoke seal]
Required [sivin6+lea+gPe]
LK02 [passage function]
AE09 tfireratedl ,.z\
Hinge
Locl<set
Closer
Weatherstrip
Weatherstip
Bumper
Required
DCO3
wso1
DCO1
wsol
BBOl
L.A
VNL VAILEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constuction Documents
15 October2(MI
HItrI 98OO7I-M 08712-12
SECTIONOSTI2 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDA IE,
STORAGE
A llardware Group S-01
Hinge
Loclaet
Closer
Bumper
B.Hardware Group S-02
Hinge
Lockset
Closer
Inckset
Closer
Weathenfip
Door Bottom
Ttueshold
DCo3
ws04
c.
D.Eardware Group S-(X
Hinge
Lockset
Closer
Bumper
Weatbentip
Door Bottom
Threshold
Hardware Group S-05
Hinge
Lockset
Closer
Required
LK07 [storagefirnction]
DC03
BB0l fwall stop]
DBOl
THO3
[non-rated opening]
Required
LK07 [storage function]
DC04
F.
Weathership WS04 lsmoke sea|
Flush Bolt FB-2 [one leafl
Hardwarc Group 546
Hinge Required
Lockset LK07 [storagc function]
Closer DC04
Weathenrip WS0l
VAIL VN.IEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constuclbn Docwtenls
15 October2MI
08712-13
*"nY*o, [storagetunctionl@ A
DCol
BB0l [wa[ stop]
Required-- .
LK07 [storage function]
Weatherstip [smoke seal]
Ilardware Group S-03
Hinge Required
LK07 [storage finctionJ
DC03 lmulti-point hold oPen]
wsol
DBOI
THO3
HI.il'{98M71.(M
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDALE'9ECTION08712
TOIIET/BATH
A llardwareGroupT-0l
Hinge Required
Loclset LK03
Bumper BB0l
Closer DC03
B. Ilardware Group T-02
3.IO EXITDEVICE-RIM
RATEDOPENINGS
A. Eardwart Group V-01
Hinge Re4uired
Exit device ED0l [rin, l,ever]
Closer DC1)3Bunper BB01
Weatherstrip WS04
3.9
Hinge Required
Lockset -,LK03- [toilet functionl
Closer DC03
Weathersrip WS0l
Bunper BB0l [wall stop]
[non-rated opening]
C. llardware Group T-03
Pivors PV0l
L,ockset LK04 ltoilet function]
Emergency
Release ER01 [stoP/strike]
Holder OH02
Weathersrip WS05 lvision blocking only]
D. Hardware Group T-M
Hinge Required
Locks€t LK03 [toilet function]
Weattrerstrip WS(X [smoke seal]
Hardware Group T-05
llinge Required
LK03 ltoilet frrnction]
BBOI
ltoilet functionl
[wdl stop]
[non-rated opening]
VAIL UAILEY MEDICAL CENTER
ConsEaction Docunen6
15 Ocbber2(MI
hatedl
[smoke seal]
Hr-n|980071-M O87IL14
SECTION08712 DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
D.
B, Ilardwarc Group V-02 AHinge Required @ lzl\
Exit device EDOI [rim, lever]
Automatic
Operator AE09
Closer DCOI
Bumper BB0l [rated]
Weatherstrip WSO4 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V103
Hinge Required
Exit device ED01 [rirq lever]
Closer DC06
Door Bottom DB0l
Tbreshold TH03
Weathentrip WS01
Hardware Group V-04
Hinge Required
Exit device ED0l [rirn, lever, keylock]
Closer DC03
Weatherstip WS01
Coondinator/Carry Open Bar CA01/CB01
Ifardware Group V-05
Hinge Required
Exit device EDOI [riq leverl
Closer DCOI
Ifardware Group V-06
Hinge Required
Erit device ED01 [rirr" lever, keylock]
Closer DC01
Weathersrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V-07
Poeket Hinge I=I€04 Required
Exit Device ED01 [rimlCloser DC03
geeraiaater+eary
epen€€F-€Ae#€Bet
F.
VAI L UAI,E Y MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docum ents
15 October200I
"A
A
A
Magnetic
Holder MH02
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Hardware Group V-08
Hinge Required
EL,iI 980071-04 O87ILI5
SECTION 087T2
Exit Device EDOI [rim, lever, keylock]
Automatic
Operator AE09
Closer DCOI
Hardware Group V-09
Pocket Hinge HGOI
Exit Device ED01 [rinu lever]
Magnetic
Holder MH02
Closer DC03
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
3.11 EXIT DEVICE - VERTICAL ROD CONCEALED
RATEDOPENING
A Ilardware Group X-01
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCHEDULE
Hinge
Exit device
Closer DC0l
Magnetic Holder MH02
Weatherstrip WSOI
3.12 CLASSROOM
Closer DC04
Weatherstrip WSOI
B. Hardware Group C-02
Required
ED2l lvertical rod concealed exit]
VNL VAI,IfrY MEDICAL C E NTER
Constuction Documents
15 Ocnber 2001
A.Ilardware Group C-01
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
D.
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC04
Weatherstrip WS04 [smoke seal]
Ilardware Group C-03
Hinge Required
Lockset LK09 [classroom function]
Closer DC0l
Hardware Group C-04
Hinge Required
Loclset LK09 [classroon function]
Closer DC0l
Coordinator / Carry
OpenBar CAOI /CB0l
Magnetic
HLM 980071-M 08712-16
.SECTION 08712
Holder MH02
Weathentip WS04 lsmoke seal]
Hardware Group C-05
Hinge Required
L,oclset LK09 [classroom function]
DOOR HARDWARE AND SCEEDAIE
E.
Required
LK09 [classroomfinction]
Ilardware Group 201
Cylinder only - [for aluminum swinging doors]
VAIL VAI,I^EY MEDICAL CENTER
Consttrction Docamenb
15 Octob*2001
. Ctoser DCOI [90" hold open]Aw
F. Ilardware Group C-06
Hinge
Lockset
Closer DCUI [9O'hold oPen]
Flush Bolt FB-l [one leafj
3.I3 BI-FOLDINGDOORS
Ilardware Group BF-01
Track FD01
3.I4 BY.PASSINGDOORS
A. Ilardware Group BP.01
Track SD01
PUU DP02
3.I5 SLIDINGPOCKETDOORS
A. Hardware Group SP-01
Track PD0l
Pull DP0l
3.16 CYLINDERONLY
Hrt'r 98M71-04 08712-17
oo
(\l
i\
s
.N
R
n
v,
E
tr
i-
q
*
Esa
tr
F{
6sI Ssr\ i'l S: dFrtra bH FI<.E E
EEE\i ts€
r.t
3
\sJ.b\ss€o\\{Fr
tu
@lllta7
uJdl
oF
ul
TE
=otr
T
cco
ui
IYl!
CEooo
oz
t-
U)xul
tl
UJ
-
U)Y
tf,
UI(f
UJtf
=IY
T
Lfo(Eo
FCtOIF9999u9>F@@
A, a,===6
==6 6 6 =oo<<<o€€FsFiA,l (\t ot
o
uJI
99HHH9
-Ssss,-
U)a
5
lltE
TL
IIJ
=]Y
lJ-
z
F
tf
.d .d.d.s.dE rE>=>o ooooo) (o (o ot cD
JF
J. I J--L ! J-
IIJn
E
-(\lFLlrlJ.lLLLlr
zz
lrJ(Lo
FIo
uJT
oooooo
NNt-t-Nf-
T
Fo
3
=='=.^=9999=9
iD Ao AD A" -6 'tn
JF oooooo3====3
UJ5i-
FF-T-6lFoooooo
zo
F
o
9
,!t,x
8 ilHHs e
CE
g-e $foo$t
'-FOF t(')OOFF\l-F l-
i\l
t\0os
eo
'ri_Q+
4
rl
t\sv.
Ytr
II
E
=uJotT
ooo9gooa8 Haaaaauuu k9933333'.ilrr l! lr.l 14 14 u] ul ul 5 i f rzzzzzzz# # # g # g E E E s E Hngggssn
s s s s s s s s s g g EF35F555tr tr tr tr E tr tr lrr uJ lrJ Lll -Y'.YYYY..oo9ggoo:<YYY\<YY
388888888 88888888SSS€SF$SSFBFFFFI I I E I I I E I E I E I I d' I d' + d- [ d- r- i d- d- d- o- o- o- d- o- tL
s- ae=- FFFa- e
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOa-OLF sse7 sss@ F s E E E s
$F3F3F3FF FSFE3s33$3g3$FFFsE3333$
JOfrffllJ Eo SFFFFFFs3sFFF3FFFFFFFFFFFFsFFsSs
ul
E.
TL
(D
@
('
! ! i i i i i i i i i ! i i i i i ! i i i i '93 ' i i i i i i
fnz
F
t!
r55 I
A] AI
; r 5555ooooNAlOlc\t
.i.i.E.dEEE=i I i i I l5l5 l5lSlElElElElRRRRRRRR
UJ
=(r
ll-
JF
tu
0-.
=============E=rrrErr-rtxrrrrr--
rFt-rtF-rSS-I-:r:l! tL t! t! tL tr l! lL u- u- tr tr tr l! [L u- u u u tL l! lL rL L u- LL LL lr |.t. tL IL tr-
z
Gao-o
FI
trT
ooooooooo
i* i- F* i- i* i- i* F* i*
b b b =o =o b =e =e =9'9 =e =e b =e b =9 =9 =9'9 Z? -o b ai I I I -I I I { i d il d i- d d d d * d -* t t d
IFo
=
b b b b b b b =o b b b b b b e b- b A'9 -O b b =e =e =e ='P -A
"e
-'9 -e =e ?eI I [ ; i 5 I t i ; { 5 { J + -J { a + $ + -- t" Fi $ a" -- -", $ $ eo --
JF ooooooooooooooooqptrPOOOOOOoQOooo
==E=======;;===ii==3=3==3=3333==(f IIJ8ior-
Fr-"--Fr!- q)rOrrEEbbbbbbbbbo66bboooooooooooooooooo
zo
t-
o
J
Al(")s
l-'F E E E r! u.r ,r rrJ r,r.r ur u
- F or F (fJ F $ F ro F (o F s F (L f e !-- L !'
+ g + ! + g + g * 5 * g *!6! b 3 by * 14 14 tr tr cc E (EE E cr E
EdEdEdqds F6dEFHFHgHPHPP=
=TTTTTBf;(E
g-e il $ H $ n $ ff $ ft fr n $ F $ ft $F.$*{$ m $ $ n H $ $ $n $ * s
x
$xi ssxsi
SEE
sEEs€
hJ
s
\+s
t\ss€g\
.._,€---Fi
\)
Uv,
e
q
s
ca
q
ct
t\eose
F^r
14,
CE(f,E
IIJ IJJoo
a@
uJ llJ ul uJoooo66-a-rn u_V>=>>==.fA..r'TLLLLzzzzaaOOOOoc>
!utrrllrFrEEqqEqsb
dildEu.{ulYr<vY[itrooooE=EE
tlJo
E g g ,.gg< (I rr occF'<6 6862- o o ooYF tr tr ZFE
= 5 5 e51H 5 g dgd@ u Llr rrJ6
v
TJJ
YtrFao(I
Fo
UJJttl
zzoo
uJ [!FF
JJo-o-
oo
s(\
et
N
s
tr
F*\rtsJ Stsr-\ iSY.c{aa b
SE€h so
SEE
SE
r.t
s
I
Nss
R
E B sF B H,HSFSFSHHFHFqqqH $ €€Sss€Ee; E IE 5 6 o@oo.oFFr-od-d-oooo d' iid-+*d-d-d'
3 33e s s 3 g gaE -? -?-?e i ;s3sggs3*E3$$RK $ 33**3#3: 3 888I
=Crj q1l 6l c\t $j N-t b oi N N
(fJ
F-A Eg E H ,HHEHEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEs g ss s s 'sssssssssssssss s ssssssss
, cgocr.F=FI FE ' ' r t i t i i i ! ,9 'F(t , A, EB ' B'F
.E .d .d.g .9 ;; i c cccE
o o oo o oo e aa9q9i( N No, d d(N c\, (o(oc!c\lc!
TT -rTrTT'r-rT
s
= ? i=====?F?===F===
=
+.
il il Etr tr tr ItrEtrEEtrEEEEtrEEEtr [ f,tr[[[Etrtr
b -o 'eb'e -a =e?=eqeh'e??h?Pe-e-eF -e !r-eP:ep:ePst -* td 'rt t di-tF--'t.'*-F i-i-i*i*i'i-i*i*i* i* i*ititi-i'i-l-r'-
'P ? eq + ? =e=e"e-?bh?-e?bbto=@bbb b -eF93FP93
I + i-;'- + JJ'I';JIa"el6b$''-o:t"$i'" a" btu-ol-o:t!+kiD
o o oo o o EoooooooQooooooQ q oooooooo; = == = = ?====Fi=3=3333== 3 =3=33==3
N C\l- GD c\t t\rFt-t-!-i- t-FFOt-Ol r- t-Ft-r--AlAl C\ld b cib c5 d ldbbbbbooooooooo o oooooooo
a g,;salareztgfi E;,fi FgqgF'EHHEHEEHHfr E
Rft$inn$5 R RRFHn$$P
$ F N* N N NN-(\rr\rv "Atdi.."didi
{
i'!
v,
e{
!l
l=
(
tr
cil
t\ooSe
F,__u-,
vt
al
a\
l\s
IJJoa
tf
zo
uJF
5L
Y()
o
9H=u)ITFtrja(Eoc(FOFOoot4 -rdfloF
IT
- @@A
^ uJ uJ ul!V' FFFuJur<<<I-nJJJ
56919()oo5 EEE
v
rO C\I 6,1 (O r-9ll9lo-O-(L(/J(L
No N-rOoooaaa
<\,1oa
Nr- O)oo l\(\lNoood_di
3339>-o daaaa E oO EEE o EFE F: -66'b'ir u2 ;= E€E E €€i tH HSS*S S EE NF=N e 'rooJ N
ot ct SS E
F HFHHH H HF FEE E EEE Es sssss s ss sss s sss s
' FFF'9 | !r I r$ I i i i I
=- 1-ir
= =I= =I l- J- J- J- J- L !! 454
il ttrEtrt il trfl EEt fl rtril E
? ie39P F e9 p:le F 333 3N I\NF-NF r.. i- ir F* i* i- F i\ i\ l\ F-
(o
(\loo
$ \l'
b'<o b
+irao
ctoc!
(')(rJ(r)(r)
,==^ ;-Y YYYY-i\ +AD-e:io$ it
g 9339= = 3= === = 399 g
r+ :tc{oJrot r-F -r9! '- FRIo dcicibci b bb ooci o ooo o
tr,. H EAF3 3rg ,, d
s eFFoH H EEz H #;F H
t tgg=g e eg gfrH g Hr*=
=
s +$+-$
H-+FRER $-rrl-n-N *NRH Hi Rfifi
x
Bx
$ is
EEI
sEi
SE
r.l
ia
a(foo
ozo
=U)
z
lJ
(Eo
LL
C)
uJ
o-
Y()ut a{'ri-\L'N ss
'ii 0o
-s\|-oczH \
,_l
:\
U)
aa
qs
c
=
c(oo
al
l\
ooS
e
F!
u)
FI(\l
trr
F\I
bI
i!
a4
x
BxJ SEr-\ ii S
sia b
S€€* sa
SER
SE{
s
I
F\ss
R
Et-]
T{
tr
s
c
'**
E
o
at
N
ooS
tr
^w
T
a!utf
=t"ucl
tIot-k o...
il FYO- O(ro u.j Fr/'t J a)tr u,r
f,
trTf,IPrr##kE
aut au oJd
ppss
)f
l!
lrJJ
1r.l
F
C)
z
o
E.a U)
(\JNTO
>>oS F FqF € F F S HH$FH.+ qo-oooLdFFF>>ao-@>assstroO
J
is)
u.J
dl
55RaRasa5sRasaRasa5assgFFRa5asg F 5a(r)r
o
UJr HHH F H HHH H.H.H F FFFEFF E EFF FXaX f X att a t t i ltti33 3 <33 3ri ha r.: ra N NNri F. N F- F- l.-|.-Nl-t-N t\ coFN l.'
a)
J(,
oo,3='
ouJ .z
=Flt (I
' ::.: : ::: ;
5E r ! i l5 r i i I i I i ! >>>ooo o ooo oa( a( a( @olo (\l ol o, o) N
<uJtf
u-
:.1F TJ-T I -r'rT I J-J-J-J-IIJ-IJ-J-I
l!(L
F ilf,r tr [ trEtr fl tr E [ ilfltrtrEtr E sfl[ [
(t
z.z
TIJ
o
I(9p
UJ-
=eb-a =e b =e=eb =" e ? e FFgPPP p 9FF 3LF.i- i- l* NNi* F- F- t- F- F. l-t\ t\ F. F N l'- N F- t'-
FqE
=
ir =r:Y Yii io io io
cd
bbb b b bbb =<o b b b -99-,ebb'$ =e
-. -. -- ?" -. i" $ A" b ao a', aD io -co av -t': 'cD -t', aD
JLk g s I I 99999= I F=3 I
tL lJ-tL g-
ooo
==3
oo3=333
uJ
TL
F
o
o 885 5 5 558 8 5 6 5 885558 5 858 5
zI
?ccJ
llJolrrr a 1 8 g^EfiFP 555 gE E222 2 l! fiqq H h h h EE ; n E=. FtrtrF tr !l 9,;
S== g 5 iIF i H d d HHftdHf; E gqq :
ITaovz_o s gfig il*+9 e c.l ofP .c,gHH g I 8HH I
(Do
@ o o id*ul(oF8-8_-u-4-f-5656
('J (Y)
(t)r\
i\
a\
S
E
lrl
Ex
3 is
sE*
EEEt{ S
SE{
s
3
NSIo\
a{
l,tJ tu lrJ [! lrJ trl uJ uJ tlJ uJEEk kk kkkkkJJJ JJ JJJJJL0-(L L(L (LO-(L(LO.
YYY :ZY YY\.YY(ioo oo oooooE?E EE =E=E=
gH orT EH55 i6\z!z
IJJF
J(L
I
)<
I I I 888 8885 888$ $ BEF€S €F S?qqqF qq
5 E I [6I IIf,6 dld d d_ pidd_d d.o_ io_d_cL0_cL 0_F
taSatasslarE*FalS*F SaFrSssass gfF$f$a$F
F F F FFF FFFF FFFE F FFFFF EF EFFFFF FF
' 'FE f '99 r r$rl LL II LL IT I4 IFFFFF
5roo)
c
=,fail
::;;-= .=
r r 55 i i I EE :oo 99C\l dt (O Otoooc\t o,t @
r T "I' ? T T '1- T T==TT.r
--C\tOtLL tL MLLLI! l! l! tl- l! lJ-tl.trl! t! |!l!Lt!|! lL lL LLLI!lLu-ll LL IL
I R R E:3 :-:Ri :::E i ::ii3 :i iR:3iR 3i
=o b =.o iobb =aacbb '.?b=,p.,e A ?h9?-9 eq :E+-e9? 9?'c.l a; ar ta"'; a,rd,$'.i -o,bara" io tti.!tDc'rtu iD+ '-+++ltto ateD
(L
oooo oooo o aqQoe eQ oooooq oe
==== ==== = =3==3 3= 333=33 33ooo
=3=
o053==
(\l F'-F =r-c\tol Nr6lql rrq'I=t r- Ot Ol $l St Sl $lo o o ooo oooo oooo b oocioa oo ciooooo oo
ov)o[',!- H*# u. z E
= fiEE 7a 2- qq ,^.A E A Hg 3-9 q$8q,tr99f 98?tr-fr tr:-HH 2nF E # i6e EXt,p fivd*-E HH!=3is ggBE*+**s HeE p H H3E pgHF "Egg eqFHdsF d=88d65s5 g;
gss $gun $$gH F $$s$s-sH-$*es$g $$sfC\l ctc! 6t(f) -- c)
q
ftj
F:
V1!
l{q
s
E*
(o
ot
a\0oSz
()
re
U)
\tFI
dr
n\I
.Lf\)5
l{x
v,
e
trlcst
&
*a
tr
a
*x
$xi ssx,si
Es€HS
SE
t-l
3
N
t\se!ilrEt
E
s
Nss
R
€t1tr
6l
t\oosto
FI
tcut
SECTION 10196 CUBICLE CURTNN TMCK
PART 1- GENERAL
I.I SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
l. Cubicle curtain uack and guides'
B. Section does not include:
1. Curtain rack fabric
I,2 SUBMITIALS
A Submit shop drawings indicating a reflected ceiling plan view of curtain taclg hangen and suspension
points, anachment details,-sche{ule of curtain sizes'
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT,JFACTITRERS
A. Acceptablemanufacturers:
L A.R. Nelson CompanY
2. Salsbury Industries (Grant)
3. Kirsch (OB/lvlasco)
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cubicle curtain rack:
1. Track Extuded aluminum sections, one piece per cubicle Eack run'
2. Track ends: Positive stop to fit track extrusion'
3. Suspension rods: Meal sections, sized to support loads designed to receive attachment from
track and above csiting support.
B. Carriers: Nylon roller to accurately fit track, designed to eliminate bind when curtain is pulled, and
fiUed to curtain to prevent accidental curtain removal. Provide one canier for each 5" of fack.
2.3 FIMSHING
A. Exposed aluminum surfaces: Clear anodized finish'
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate track bend with minimum 12" radius, without deforming track section, or impeding
movement of caniers.
B . Track perfomrance: To support vertical test load of 50 pounds without visible deflection of hack or
darnage to supports.
C. Size u-ack to support moving loads, sufficiently rigid to resist visible deflection'
VAIL VALLEY M ED I CAL CENTE R
Co nstru c tio n D ocame nls
HLM 98007t.04
IS^cmBEe2WI- - -
10196-r
' sEcrIoN 10t96
'.rr
CABICLECARTAINTMCK
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
A VeriS that surfaces and above ceiling supports are ready to receive work
B. Veri.$ field measurerrents are as indicated on shop drawings'
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install curtain rack secrne and rigid, true to ceiling line'
B. Secure tmck to suspenaed ceiUn! syiiem.
ENDoFSECTIoN 10196
VN L UALLEY M EDI CAL CENTER
C o nstr u c tio n D o curne nB
15 oCToBER2MI-* --
HLM 980071.U 101962
WMC ASOWomen's and Children'e Center
Proje€t:
Transmittal Letter
Town of Vail
To: The Beck Group
lfi) Technology Drive # 315
Broomfield, CO 80021
Attn: Doug Worknran
Re:
(Ship via: I o""-ight l-l z o"y
Wc transmit
@ Herewith
| | Under seoarae cover via
l_.| n """rtlt*" with )our rEquest
the following
[-71 oranings
Fl Sp""ffi""tio*
n ctrangc ordcr
fl ups ! not
"ta".
For your
Appmval
Product lit€rature
Other
Distdbution
Rcview & comrnent
Use
l-l nformation
[-71 necora
l--l epprovat
E See IerE*s belov
Acdon code
A Actiol itdicated oo icm t aumittEdB No aclion rcquirrd
C For signatue
D For signature ard forwording as noEd uoderrcmarl(s
Remarks:
Distribution
Owner
Owner's reFesentative
Coostruction manag€r
Gen€ral conFactor
Frlc Bv: Bory Veen
HLM
Suite 2750
707 lTth St€et
Denver, CO 80202
FAX: 303.299.9042
Telephone: 303.299.9041
OFFISI SOPY
980071.04
Project no.:
Division no.:
November 02, 2001
Date:
[l u*a aai*'y f] ott'o
Copies:D8t€:Description:Action Code:
I tu0uol Addendum No. 2 B
ADDENDUMNO.2
November 02, 2001
@ cr+f
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in
the blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO TIIE PROJECT MANUAL:
A. Revised Project Manual Pages:
The replacement pages identified below include modif,rcations made to $935!ginal
Projeci Manual secti=ons. Revised or added information is indicated by @type in
the text and a [A2] notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made.
Areas where iaformation has been deleted are identifying by s#l4*Setrt the text and
placing a [A2] notation in the milrgln. ' Insert replacement pages into the Project
Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
Ouantity of Pages
N/A
B. Deleted Documents and Sections:
The sections identified below shall be deleted from the Project Manual'
C. Added Documents and Sections:
The sections identifred below shall be added to the Project Manual.
Document or Section
N/A
Document or Section
N/A
Document or Section
15300 Fire Protection System
08630 Metal Framed Skyiights
Document or Section Name
N/A
Document of Section Name
10
1l
IILM980071-04 VAILVALLEYMEDICALCENTER
Construction Documents
15 October 2,Q01
Al.O2 SecondFlobrPlan. 41.03 ThirdFloorPlan
A1.04 RoofPlan
A5.00 Door, Frame & Window
rrLM 980071-04
A7.06 East Stair Plans & Sect. SD - I Sheets 18-19 of 32
A8.01 Interior Elwations : , SD - I SheeJs 25-28 of 32
A8.05 Interior lobby Elevatio.ns SD - I Sheets 29 of 32
M1.00 Basement Mech. RM SD - I Sheets 30-32 of 32
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
-- 15 qetober 2b01 -,
November 2,2OOl
Russ Sedmak
HLM De. sign
707 17tn Street Suite 2750
Denver, CO 80202
Re: VailValleyMedicalGenter
-Our Project No.: DM13332
Dear Russ: r
Please issue the following addendum rtem,s to the above mentioned project.
MECHANTCAT
DRAWINGS
1. Drawing M1.00
See attached drawings for clarification.
CLARIFICATION: Exlsting louvers serving the boiler room and the chiller
room to remain. Our attiached combustion air calculatlons veriff the existing. combustion air openings for the boiler room are sufficient. Theltationary
louver seruing the chiller room is suffcient in slze.
REMOVE: From the boiler room remove Suppty fan SFC-2, ductwork and
stationary louvers SL-s, SL€, and SL-7.
REMOVE: From the chiller room the exhaust ductwork, stationary louvers SL-I and SL.9.
- -€HANGE:-Exhaust tanEF-7, the associated ilirdimork-and Ct-tion-ry louver
are to be installed per the attached drawlngs.
ADD: Add the attaohed Combustion Alr Cilcs to drawing M1-00.
2. Drawing M4.00
DELETE: Remove Stationary louvers SL€, SL-7, SL-8 and SL-9 tom the
Stationary Louver sclredule.
CHANGE: Stationary louver SL-E to:
Chiller Room, 1000 CFM, 1000 FPM, 1.0 stiftfiee area,6ize 24n4,
Ruskin L811, with y; bud screen.
AIIlmIs
Ccorgia
Billings
Mouuna
Cheyennc
Wpming
Dcnver
Colorado
Gnnd Jlmction
Colorado
Grcat Falls
Montana
' .:rr''':r: ; '': -; ' ".:t ,'^i:r.:'.i. r'.,.r;,,i..,.:i. .-. : ,.:1 ...,1'... ,; ,,
, ,1
r , ; i ; i . ,. '' - ,
.'.'.;:'"''.'..::.:.......:.:...'..:..'.'.
' ' ,. .:.' t
'''
-''
'
SECTION 08630
'. -t.l '
SECTION 08630 - METAL-FRAMED SKYLIGHTS
l.GENERAL
ano supprementary
B.
This Section includes the following:
l. Two-side4 structurirl-sealant-glaznd,
rafters.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation installed with metal-framed
skylights.
2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants installed at metal-framed skylight
perimeters.
.3. Division 8 Section "Glazing'l for glass units installed in metal-framed skylights.
PERTORMANCE REQUTREMENTS
General: Provide metal-framed skylights capable of withstanding loads and thermal and
structural movements indicated without failure. Failure includes the following:
1. Deflection exceeding specified limits.
2, ' Thermal shesses transferred to the building structure.
3. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and stmctural
movement" to glazing.
4, Noise or vitration created by thennal and structural movement and wind.
5. losssning or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other cornponents.
6. Sealant failure.
Structural-Sealant Glazing; As follows:
Structur4l silicone sealant fails cohesively before sealant releases from substrate when
tested for adhesive compatibility with each substrate andjoint condition required.
, VNLVAT,I EY ME.DICALCENTER
Constru c tio n D o c aYte nts
-15 QplpteillU-
aluminum-framed skylights with retaining caps at
1.3
A.
08630 - 1
SE:CTION 08630
H.Air Infiltration: Provide metal-framed skylights with maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfnr/sq. ft.
(0.03 Us per sq. m) of surface when tested according to ASTM F.283 at a minimum static-air-
pressure differential of 6.24lbflsq. ft. (300 Pa).
Water Penetration: Provide metal-framed skyligls that do not evidence water penetration when
tested according to ASTM E33l at a minimum differential static pressure of 20 percent of
positive design, wind load, but not less than 6.24lbflsq. ft' (300 Pa).
1.4 ,SUBMITTAI^S
B.
c.
D.
Product Data: Include consfiuction details, material descriptions, dimensions and profiles of
components, and finishes for metal-framed skylights'
Shop Drawings: For metal-framed skylights. tnclude plans, elevations, sections, details, and
attachments to other Work. :
L lnclude:structural analysis data sigrred and sealed by the qualifred professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of units
showing the firll range of colors available for factory-finished aluminum.
Samples for Verification: For each exposed aluminum finish required, prepared on l2-inch-
(300-mm-) long sections of extrusions or formed ihapes in same thichess and material
indicated for the Work. If finishes involve norrnal color variations, include sample sets
consisring of two or more u:nits showing the full range of variations expected'
Cutaway Sample: Of framing intersecdon, made from l2-inch- (300-mm-) long lengths of full-
size components and showing details of the following:
E.
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Primrrlr members.
Joinery.
Anchorage.
Expansion provisions.
Glazing.
Flashing and drainage.
Structural-sealant joints.
F. Installer Certificates:
requirements.
G. Preconstruction Test Reports:
requirements.
Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with
interpret test results for compliance withIndicate and
H. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating skylights comply with
requlrements, based on gomprehensive teqting gf gurr-ent Pfqducts.
I. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating that
materials formingjoint substrates andjoint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility
and adhesion with sealants; include scalant manufacturer's interpretation of test results for
HLM 980071-04
SECTION 08630 M DTAI- F RAM ED S KYLIGHTS
3; Test metal-framed skylights for compliance with performance requirements according to
specified test methods. Conduct tests using specimen representative of proposed
materials and construction including perimetel components, corners, splice joints,
sealants, and anchon according to AAMA 501 recommendations adapted to skylights.
4, Schedule sufficient time;s11s5ting and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
Preconstruction Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturer,
for testing indigatnd below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
1. Use rnanufacturer's standard test methods to determine whether priming and other
specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of
joint sealants to joint substrates.
a. Perform -tests-under environmental conditions replicating- those-that--will exist
during installation.
2. Schedule sufficient tirne for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
3. For materials failing tests, obtain sealant manufacturer's written instructions for
corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers.
Welding: Qualify procedures and persounel according to AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding
Code--Aluminum."
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proj ect site to comply with requirements in
Division I Section "Project Meetings.'l Review methods and procedures related to metal-
framed skylights including, but not limited to, the following:
l. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other
trades.
Review stnrctural load limitations.
Review skylight curb structural requirements.
Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, krstaller's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
Review required testing procedures.
Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for unfavorable
conditions.
Review protection of adjacent roof areas.
Review preparation and other requirements for installing structural silicone sealant.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Where metal-framed skylights are indicated to fit to other construction,
verify dimensions of other construction by field rpasur€ments before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawiags. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress
to avoid delaying the Work.
l- Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying
the Work, establish'dimensions and proceed with fabricating skylights without field
measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to
established dimensions.
VNLYALLDY MEDICALCENTER 08630.5
C o nstru c tion D o c aments
15 October 2001
G.
)
J.
4.
f.
6.
7.
8.
t.6
HLM 980071.04
SECTION 08630
2.2 FRAMINGMATERTALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recorffnended by manufacturer for use and finish indicated, and
as follows:
t. Extrusions: ASTMB 221(ASTMB22IM).
2. Sheet and Plater ASTTI B 209 (ASTM B 209M).
. : 3,,,., ,B.t: Rods,andWre; ASTMB2Il (ASTMB2IIM).
B. Brackets and Reinforcements: i Provide manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum
brackets and reinforcements. Provide nonstaining, nonferrorrs shims to install and align
skylights.
G. Concealed Flashing: -Manufacturer's standard-corrosion=resistant; -nonstaining, nonbleeding
flashing; compatible with adjacent materials'
D. ,, Expogqd Flashing and Closureq; Aluminup sheet'
L. Minimum Thickress: 0.060 inch (1.5 mm).
E. FasteDers and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistanl nonstaining,
nonbleeding fasteners and accessories; compatible with adjacent materials.
l. Movement-Joints: Provide slip-joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of rnaterial and type
, 2 fr1,#,ii1fl,til"ffiff$'il;ners: ASrM Ars3tlre3M, series 300 stainress-steer
screws: tj?e as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Connections to Supporting Shucture: ASTM A 307, zinc-coated steel fasteners.
4. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, zins-ca41e6 steel anchor bolts.
5. Concrete or Masonry Inserts: Zinc<oated cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts; hot-
dip galvanized accoiding to ASTM A 123.
F. Framing-System Gaskets and Joint Fillers: Manufacturer's standard permanent gaskets and
joint fillers for sliding, compression, and nonmoving joints.
Framing-System Sealants: Compatible with components with which sealants come in contact
and recommended by skyligbt and sealant manufacturers for this use.
Bihrminous Pain* Cold-applied asphalt mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except
containing no asbestos, and formulated for 30-mil (0.8-mm) thickness Per coat.
Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulatio4."
A. Insulating Glass: As specified,in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
G.
2.3
VAIL VALLEY M ED I CAL CE NT ER
. C onstru ctio n D o cume nts
t5 October 2001
08630 - 7
SECTION 08630
11. Before shipping, shop assemble, mark,
permanently shop assembled.
condensation.:
Provide continuous aftrminum curb with weatherproof expansion joints and locked and senled or
fully welded corners. Locate weep holes in the curb at each rafter connection to drain
2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or ru$onry, protect against corrosion by painting
contact surfaces ivith biniminous paint.
3. Where aluminum will contact pressure-treated wood, separate dissimilar materiats by
methods recornmended by manufacfurer.
ALUMINI.JM FIMSHES
General: Cornply with NAAMMT 'fMetal Finisbes Manqal for Architectural and Metal
hoducts" for reiommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum fi nishes.
Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-Mrce2A42/A44 $/techanical Finish: as fabricated;
Chemical Finish: . etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally
colored or eleitrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with
AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from the frrll range of industry colors and color densities.
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.1 E{A\4rNATrON
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installaJion tolerances and other conditions affecting skylight performance.
l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Furnish anchor bolts and inserts for setting in concrete formwork or rnasonry indicated to
Hrr,r ssvs;l:-|l
sbtients'
: vNLvALLEy MEDTIAL IENTER 08630 - s
Co nstra ctio' i b ol c ume ni
l. Test structural silicone sealant according to field adhesion test method described in
AAMA CW 13, ustructural Sealant GlazingSystems (A Design Guide).'
2,Testweathersealsealantasrecommendedinwritingbysealantmanufacturer.
Water-Spray Test: Test skyliglrts for compliance with requirements according to procedures in
A.Al44 50r,2
-:..Air Infiltratipn: Test skylights according to AAMA 503, which requires testing accor{.ipg to
ASTM E 783.
l. Static-Air-Pressure Differ6ntial: 1.57 lbflsq. ft. (75 Pa) minimum.
2. Air Leakage: 0.06 cfrn/sq. ft. (0.03 Us per sq. m) of surface maximum.
E;--- Repairor replace Work-thattoes not meet requirements or thatisdamagedby testingiepairor
replace to comply with specifications.
CLEANING
Clean skylights inside and outside, immediately after installation and after sealants have cured,
according to manufacturer's written recomrnendations.
l. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable coatings from prefinished metal
surfaces.
.
Remove labels and markings from all components.
Remove excess sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written recommendations.
END OF SECTION 08630
A.
B.
HLM 98007r-04 UAI L UALLEY M ED I CAL C E NT ER
Co nstr uction Docume nts
08630 - 1I
_ LS Octobei2Q0l
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM. SECTION I53OO
PART I GENEML
I.I RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General and supplenrentary Conditions
, ; section., Consult them for further instructions- and be governed by the requirements
thereunder.
1.2 DESCRIPTIONA Wo.rk-Included
3.
l.Furnish all labor and material, and perform all operations necessary for the
installation of complete and operating systems subject to the conditions of the
contract. All work must be done in accordance with the applicable NFPA
standards and complying witb'ilrc reqi{rer.nents of Local Builling and Fire
Departments. Thesejurisdictional authori,ties and codes shall rake precedence over
the Drawings and Specifications, in the event of dispute or discrepancy between
requfuements of Contract Documents and insurance rating authority or code.
Furnish and Install
Spriokler equipment including inside pipiog spriokler heads, valves, ' necessary to
provide a cornplete'and approved fire sprinkler sys!em(s).
Wiring
All wiring will be done under Electrical Division, provide supervision for proper
operatiol.
WorkNot Inciuded
l. AII wiring which is noted above to be done under the Electrical Division. Provide
supervision for proper operation.
2. Painting of sprinkler piping system, hangers or accessories.
Related Requirerrcnts
1. Basic Mechanical Regukernents: Section 15010.
2. Basic Materials and Methods: Section 15050.
3- Mechanical Identification: Section 15190.
Fees and Permits: All fees and permits specifically required for fire protection work, other
than permits normally required by the Mechanical Subcontractor, shall be applied for and-
paid for by the Fire Protection Subcontractor.
The position is taken that'the Owner is entitled to a no penalty project, all efforts and
B.
D.
HLM 980071.04 VAILVATTEY MEDICALCENTER
C o nsttactio n D o c um ents
15 October 2001
r5300-I
SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
GENERAL
All material shall be UI. listed.
PIPING AND FIT'TINCS INSIDE TTIE BI.JILDINC
Piping materials shall .be new and designed for 175 psi working Prcssure, conforming to
ASTM specifications. Piping shall have the manufacturer's name or brand, along with the
applicable ASTM Staqdard, marked on each length of pipe.
l. Schedule 40, black steel pipe, ASTM A-135/A-795 and A53 joined by screwed
joints (ANSVASME B2.l), welded joints (ANSyASME B3l.l) or by mechanical
grooved couplings or push-on (locking) couplings, joined by UL approved
combination of couplings, gaskets and grooves where approved by local
jurisdictional code authority. GJooves shall be rolled (cut grooves are not
acceptable) and shall be dimensionally compatible with the coupling.
1..6 DELIVERY; STORAGEAND HANDLING
Comply with Section 15010 and Division l. Exercise carc to prevent damage to materials
r : . i^ - l:-- h- - .. l-^- -:--during loading, franspgrtation and unloading. Do not drop pipg, fittings or equipment.
Store rnterials in enclosures or off the ground under protective coverings.
1.7 PROJECTCONDMONS
A. Existing Conditions: Examine existing conditions at the job site prior to any prefabrication
of piping. Modify system as required to comply with actual job conditions and work of
1.8
adjacent trades.
B. . . Sequencing, Scheduling: Coordinatelraterial delivery and installation with lrork of other---
trades.
WARRANTY
Comply with Section l50lo, t year warranty
PROJFfT RECORD DRAWINGS
Comply with Section 15010.
WATERDAMACE
The Contractor shall be respcinsible for any danage to the work of others, to the building
and propertieJmaterials of others caused by leaks in the sprinkler system and shall pay for
necessary replacernent or repair of work or items so darnaged during 0re installation and
testing period of this work.
PART2PRODUCTS
1.9
l.l0
2.L
2.2
2.
HW 980071-04
. Schedule 10, black steel pipe, in iccordance wi0r
approved by local jurisdictional code authority,
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
Consiruction'Do'ciuments''
15 October2001 '
ASTM A-135/4-795,
joiied by welded
where
joints
!s300-3
SECTION I53OO FIREPROTECTIONSPRINKLERSYSTEM
10. Where system pressures are between 175 psi and 300 psi, standard wall pipe shall
be used as permitted by AI'{SI standards.
B. Fittings shall be able to withstand the working pressures involved but not less than 175 psi
cold water. Fittings shall comply to the following Standards:
l. Screwed fittings; black cast iron, 125 lb. class in accordance with ANSI 816.4 or
' black malleable iron. 150 lb. class in accordane with ANSI 816.3.
2. Ftanged fittings; black cast iron, short bcdy,125lb. class in accordance with ANSI
816.1. Gaskets shall be full-face of l/8" minimum thickneSs, red sheet rubber.
- ,Flange bolts-.shall ie-hexagon-$ead machine bolts with.-heavy semifinished--
hexagon head nuts, cadmium plated, with dimensions in accordance with ANSI
818.2.
3. Weld fittings; Standard weight, black steet in accordance with applicable ANSI
and ASTM sPecifications.
4. Grooved couplings and npchanical finitgt; malleable iron, 175 PSI working
pressure in accordance with ASTM A47. All couplings and fittings shall be from a
single rnanufacturer. No segmentally welded fittings are allowed. Coupling gasket
material shall be EPDM. Couplings and npchanical frnings shall be tested and
Iisted by UL and in accordance with NFPA 13'
5. Fittings forcopperpiping shall be wrought copper.
6, Fittings used in systerns where pressures exceed 175 psi shall be extra heavy
paffern excePt as follows:
a. Standard weight cast iron fittings 2" and smaller may be used where
pressure does not exc€ed 300 Psi.
b, Standard weight malleable iron finings 6" and smaller may be used where
pressure does not exceed 300 Psi.
2.3 VALVES
General: All valves shallbetil listed.
A. Gate Valves
L: For systemoperating pressure less than 175 psi: 2" and smaller; O.S. & Y., bronze,
175lb., screwed. 2-lD" and larger; O-S. & Y., IBBM' 175 lb.' flangEd.
2. For system operating pressure greater than 175 psi: 2" and snnller; O.S. & Y.,
bronze, 200 lb. screwed .2-ll/,''and larger; O'S. & Y', IBBM, 25O lb', flanged.
B. Butterfly Valves:
t. For system oper4tiog prcssure less than 175 psi: hon body, LJL rated at 175 psi,
HLM 9EOO7I.O4 UAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER I53OO.5
Cowtruction Documents
15 Octobet 2001
SECTION I53OO FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
Lochte cabingt on wall next to sprinkler entry station. Number of heads to be in
accordance with NFPA No. 13 recomrnendations; 6 sparc heads for up to 300 sprinklers, 12
spare heads for up to lO00 qprinklers and 24 spare heads for over 1000 sprinklers. Provide
two head wrenches.
E. Atl headi shall be color coded and installed in compliance with NFPA.
15i00-7
2.6
WATERFLOWINDICATORS
Provide a U.L. listed vane type water flow indicator in each automatic sprinkler system.
Indicator to be complete with 2 sets of contacts, single pole double throw switch, indexed
terminal connections, and retard for 0 to 70 seconds.
PRESSURE GAUGES
novide pressure gauges as required.-tll. listed +112" dlal type with a maximum limit of
'.not less'than twice the normal worting pressure. : -
2.7 VALVEMONITORSWTTCHES
Furnish and install on all water supply shut off valves for the automatic sprinkler system
where shown on drawings, valve rnonitor switches that are U.L. listed. Switches to be
complete with terminal connections and mounting device. Switches for outside post
iodicators shall be weatherproof.
2.8 FIREDEPARTMENTCONNECTION
A sign shall be attached to the existing fire departrrrcnt connection indicating the portions
of the buitding being served by the fire department connection including the new area being
adde4 unless the existing fire departrent connection serves the entire building.
PART3 HGCUTION
3.I GENERAL
A. Inspect proceeding wodq verify all dimensions before proceeding with work and coordinate
all work and placenrent of components with other trades.
B. Be responsible for all nreasurements, fining and assembly of all work. hefabrication is
done at this Contractor's risk.
SERVICE
Connect the new sprinkler system to the existing fue service at the locations shown on the
drawings.
VAI L VALLEY T4 ED I CAL C ENTE R
Construction D o c uments
15 Octobcr 2001
3.2
3.3
A.
,:
HLM 980071-(H
:
SF:(TION ISJOO
3.6
3.7
Provide and'insiall control assembly for each sprinkler zone. Control assembly shall
include shut riff valve, water flow indicator, test valve, drain valve, sight glass, and orificed
union (size oiorifice to be the sarne as sprinkler head orifice).
SPRINKLERHEADS
All heads shall be centered in ceiling tile where
snoD orawtnss,
SPRINKLER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
IIIRE PROTECTION SPR I NKI,ER .SYSTEM
ceilings occur- show actual location onA.
B.When sprinkler heads are installed where they may be exposed or subject to damage, head
guards shall be fumished.
3.8 WETSPRINKLER SYSTEM
General
Fire sp14k!n shall be provided for the area ofthe building as shown on the drawings.
Desigrr
The iprinklei system shall be based on the hydraulic desiga criteria specified on the
drawings.
system(s) shall connect to the existing system at.thc locations shown on the drawings.
HYDRAULIC CATCULATIONS
General
The Fire Protection Contractor shall prepare hydraulic calculations for the design of the
system and submil to local jurisdiction4 :d: ltJroritf for approval before any fabrication
or initallation is started. Submittals shall include but not be limited to:
Cornputer printout she€ts or hand calculation sheets with all calculations'
Cross reference points of calculations both on the drawings and in the calculations
by symbol or number.
Flow Test Data
l. Flow tests shall be performed by this contractor and verified by local fire
departnent. Prior flow tests on file with local jurisdictional authority rnay be used
only when this test data is only 3 months old at the start of the project'
2. Contractor shall use 85% of the flow test prcssure data in his hydraulic
calculations.
PROTECTION
Where there ar-e existing facilities, be responsible for the protection thereof, whether or not
such facility is to be removed or relocated. Moving or removing any facility must be done
so as not to cause intemrption of the work or Owner's operation.
B,
3.9
3.10
l.
2.
B.
A.
VN L VAT.L.FY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nsbuc tio n D o c urnents
- 45Qctober100
1s300-g
i
PROJECT: VVMC PHASE IEXPNSION PROJ. NO.J---_9EOOZ[O4
lssuED W|TH: ADDENDUM No. 2 .
BA]Ev
DRAWING TITLE3 INTERIOR HEAD, JAIVIB & SILL DETALS
-DRAWING_APPLIES
TO'CONTRACT-DOEUMENTS,_€IIEEr_(S)_A5.01 . .**-
HLM DENVER, COLORADO
SUPPLEMENTAL..
DRAWING NO.
SD- 1
SHEET
12 s7 32
STUFF VOIDS
WMINEML
UL RATED SPMY
ON SEAIANT
TOP OF METAL DECK FLUTE
BOTTOM
MTL DECK
: CEILING LINE
2112" 20 GA METAL STUDS
AT-%tt-o.c.
7 718"
STAGGER GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS
BETWEEN DOUBLEGYPSUM BOARD
I.AYERS BY 24" o.c. MINIMUM BOTH
VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY.
BOTH LAYERS TO BE FULLY TAPED.
SINGLE IAYER TO BE FULLY TAPED.
5/8 " TYPE'X" GYPSUM BOARD ONE
stDE AND (2) LAYERS OF 5/8'ryPE
'X'GYPSUM BOARD TO LDRP ROOM
SIDE.
2112" METAL FLOOR TMCK, ryP.
LINE OF FLOOR STRUCTUREACOUST. SEALAT{T}
CONT. BOTH SIDES \
FIRE RESISTANGE RATING : NONE* ASTRICK INDICATES TO INCLUDE FULL HEIGHT 3" SOUND
ATTENUATION BLANKETS AT BOTH SIDES OF WALL.
PARTITION TVPE 4,44,48
\t
NOTE:4A = SAMEAS 4, E(CEPTWTH 1 HOUR FIRE RATING.
NOTE: 48 = SAME AS 4, EXCEPT TWO LAYERS OF 5/8 " GYPSUM
BOARD EACH SIDE WTH A 2 HOUR FIRE MTING. .L --
SCALE: 1t/rtr - 1-gn
PRoJECTT VVMC PHASE I EXPAI'ISION PROJ. N0.: 98o071.04
ISSUED WITH: ADDENDUM NO. 2 DArE' 11/o2to'l
DRAWTNG TtrLE: tNTERtoR pARTloN TypES
pft' $|: BV
DRAWING -APPljES_{ffi ONTRAeT DOGUMENTS, SHEET ( S)
HLM
SGALE: 1112"=1'-0"
SUPPLEMENTAL
DRAWING NO.
SD- 1
DENVER, COLORADO
SHEET
15 sp 32
NORTH
BABYBASINETT
MED GAS/ELEC
DECORATIVE
SLIDING
PICTURE FRAME
wooD
CHAIR RAIL
STAINED ST2
wooD NURSE
LIGHTBASE'
STAINED ST2
\A/EST
SCALE: tfi . 1'-O"
PROJECT! VVMC PHASE I EXPAIi|S|ON PROJ. NO.3 e8oo71.o4
ISSUED WITH; ADDENDUM NO. 2 ?1T!:, 11lO^/O1
DR' BY; RT
DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - WOMEN'S CENTER
DRAWING APPLIES TO CONTRAGT--EOC-IJMENTSiSHEET (S) A8.OO ---
HLM DENVER, COLORADO
SHEET23g/7- 32
b
I
I
lrlJ
C)o
-l
kl
2t
1..
e{!
I
I
o
5iHo>di
5oLt
B lIJ>zo<
o- o_
\IK
PRDJECT, VVMC PHASE I EXPANSION
ISSUTD VITH, ADDTNDUM N[,
DRAVING TITLE' BASMENT MECHANIcAL REOM
DRAVING APPLIES TD CINTRACT DECUMTNTS,
NE SCALE
PREJ. N0,' 980071.04
? DATE, Irla/n.l
DR BY. RRR
PLAN
SHEET (S) M1. OO
SUPPLEMINTAL
DRAUING NO.
MKK CONSULTING
ENGINEERS, INC. SCALE:
I
J.SD-
30 sHE[T 3]
GWH_1
1F'tCri i
-r-\+ --- l; \L DD_J t \PB-1
I l-
.1 !-t---l:--1
I
I
H]
UH_7
F'l
MKK CONSULTING
ENGINEERS, INC.SCALE; l/4 ' = l, -O-
SUPPLEMENTAL
DRAW]NG NO.
SD- 1,
/K<
3l snrEr
o
+
z
=Eo,
zo(
trlj(
otlj(r
8<
H(n
.(
,ff(1.tY\_)-\
=t(ot
h-(<lt-,in1
?l (A)
@ot
)
)FJ
f)OE
)ld
tEr
J
'I
a
Y
E.o
=F(J
f,o
F(n
-t-xtd
2< Lr-lr lL
a:
=!(o<r.l-T-
=9t!F
Ntzrl=r-l o
kJt o
l/4'
a
3\SHEET 3\
D(rcaMENr(n(n3
DIVISION I . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
0 I I 00...........suMMARy ..........
0 I I 40...........WORK RESTRICTIONS .............
o I 2 | 0...........ALLOWANCES
o | 230...........ALTERNATES ..........
OI 25O...........CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
O I 290...........PAYMENT PROCEDURES
0 | 3 10...........pRoJEcT MANACEMENT AND COORDINATION..........................
0l320...........CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCLMBNTATION..........................
ol322...........CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS
01 330...........SUBMrrrAL PROCEDURES ..........
O1 355...........ALTERATIONS PROJECT PROCEDURES...,...
ol 400...........QUALrTY REQUIREMENTS
01732...........SELECTrV8 DEMOLITION ................................... ?
01770...........CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES............... ............. 3
01780...........CoNTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS.................. ................................... 7
01785...........OPERATrON AND MATNTENANCE MATERrAL....................... .................2
PROJECT SCHEDIiLE (see Instructions to Bidders from General Contractor)
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (BIDDING PHASE)
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
2
................,.................. 2
.............''....,..............' l
..................'......,....'.... 2
............,....'................. 2
................................... 6
'...............................',. 9
HLM 98M71-04 M003-I
DOCUMENT OOOO3
DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
028 I 3.......,...LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
02920...........LAWNS AND GRASSES
O293O.....,.....EXTERIOR PLANTS
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
NOT USED
DIVISION 4 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
04720...........CAST STONE..
04860........,..STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 5 - METAI,S
055 1 1 ...,...,...M8TAL STAIRS
O572O...........ORNAMENTAL HANRAILS AND RAILINGS
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06 I 00...........ROUGH CARPENTRY
06402...........INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
DTVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
072 1 O...........BI,JILDING INSULATION
l6
8
t2
................................... 9
................................... 8
................................... 7
................................... 6
W24I ...........EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FIMSH SYSTEM
074 I 1 ........,..METAL ROOF PANELS
07 412...........METAL WALL PANELS
0753 I ...........EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING
07620..,....,...SHEET METAL FLASHINC AND TRIM
077 1 O...........MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construc tio n Do c u me nts
..5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 00003-2
DacaMENr0(n03I
l.__.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
07760...........ROOFNLAZA PAVER MATERIALS
078 I I ...........SPRAYED FIRE.RESISTIVE MATERIALS
0784 I ...........THROUCH.PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS
07 920...........torNT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS
08I I0...........STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
082 l l ...........FLUSH WOOD DOORS .................
0831l ...........ACC8SS DOORS AND FRAMES
084 I O...........ALI,IMINTIM ENTRANCES AND FRAMES
O852O...........ALI,JMINI.JM WINDOWS AND DOORS
087 I 2...........DOOR HARDWARE
ll
l 08800...........cLAZrNc
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc um e nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 0M03-3
DOCAMENTOUM3 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
M003-4 I
I
DWISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
I 0 I 55...........TOrLET COMPARTMENTS ............
IO2OO,..........LOIJVERS AND VENTS...
I0265...........MPACT RESISTENT WALL PROTECTION
t0520...........FrRE PROTECTTON SPECrALTrBS...................
IO8OI ...........TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES..............
DIVISION T5 - MECHANICAL
l50l 0...........BASrc MECHAMCAL REQUIREMENTS............
15050...........BASrC MATERTALS AND METHODS....................
I5 I90........... MECHAMCAL IDENTIFICATION
I 5250 ........... TNSULATTON
I5300........... FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
154m........... PL{JMBING
I5480........... MEDICAL GAS PIPINC SYSTEMS
I5600 ........... HEAT GENERATION, REFRIGERATION AND LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER
I5800........... AIR DISTRIBUTION
I 5900 ........... CONTROLS AND INSTRI,JMENTATION
1 5990 ........... TESTING, ADJUSTINC AND BALANCING
DIVISION T6 - ELECTRICAL
I 60 l 0 ........... BASrC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
I 6060 .......,... GROI.]NDING AND BONDING
I 6070........... HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
I6075........... ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
I6080........... ELECTRICAL TESTING
I 6095 ..-.,...... DEMOLITION AND REMODELING
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction D o c um e nts
15 October 2001
t
t
I
HLM 980071-04
I DOCAMENTUNM3
t--
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I6120.......,... CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
l6 I 30 ........... RACEWAYS
I6I 37 ........... BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
l6l 40........... wIRINc DEVICES
16180........... EQ{.irpMENT WTRING SYSTEMS
I 64 1 O ........... ENCLOSED SWITCT{ES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16415........... TRANSFER SWTTCT{ES
l 644 I ........... SWTTCHBoARDS
16442 ........... PAIIELBOARDS
I6461 ...,....... DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1649 1 ........... FUSES
I651 1 ........... INTERIOR LIGTTIING
16714...........COMMUNA-TIONSRACEWAYSYSTEMS
I6?20........... FIRE ALARM, NONCODED ADDRESSABLE
I 6725 ........... NT.JRSE CALL
ET{D
f'-
VAIL VAITEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructia n Doc aments
15 October 2001I
HLM 980071-04 0ffi03-s
I
l--'.
t
DIVISION l.INDEX
ivision.......Section Title
END
HLM 980071-04 VAI L VALIEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o n structio n D o c am e nt s
15 October 2001
r
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
SAMMARY
SECTION OI IOO. SUMMARY
I PARTI.GENERAL
I 1.1 WORKCOVEREDBYCONTRACTDOCUMENTS
I A. Work covers demolition and construction of 60,000 CSF addition to Vail Valley Medical Center located
I at I 8l West Meadow Drive in Vail, Colorado.
B. Additional requirements of all Parties to the Contract. Refer to Conditions of the Contract. Where
I specific provisions of the General Conditions are referenced herein, those references are for the
I convenience of the Parties and specifically do not exclude other requirements, obligations and provisions
of the General Conditions.
I 1.2 coNTRAcTS
I A. Work of the various subcontractors will be executed under subcontract agreements with the Construction
t Manager. All work will be performed under the direction and control of the Construction Manager, who
is responsible to the Owner for the faithful performance and execution of the entire work.
r 1.3 woRK By orrIERs
' A. Security System (Equipment and Wiring): Installation of building security will be contracted by the
- owner. Coordination with this system will be required by the sub -rontractors to the extent indicated on
I s*crroNotroo
the Construction Documents.
I B. Fixtures, Furnishings, and Equipment.
C. Exhibits.
I D. Telephone Equipment and Wiring.
I E. Computer Equipment.r F. Data Equipment and Wiring.
I 1.4 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
I A. Products furnished and installed by Owner include:
I l. Fixtures, Furnishings, and Equipment
I B. Owners Responsibilities:
I
I
l. Arrange for and deliver necessary shop drawings, product data and samples, as Owner supplied
products effect the Construction Documents.
2. Anange and pay for product delivery to the site, in accordance with the construction schedule.3. Rcceive and unload products at the site, except as otherwise notcd.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n D oc urne nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 u100-1
SECTION OTIOO
.+.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
3.
A
5.
B.
c.
1.5
1.6
SAMMARY
Handle products at the site, including uncrating and storage, except as otherwise noted.
Submit claims for transportation damage.
Anange for replacement ofdamaged, defective, or missing items.
Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, bonds, service, inspections, as required.
Assemble, install, connect, adiust, test and calibrate and finish products.
c.Contractor's Responsibilities:
Coordinate installation of Owner-furnished products with other portions of the Work.
Designate submittal and delivery date for each product affecting construction schedule.
Review submittals of Owner-furnished products and verify rough-in requirements. Notify
Architect of discrepancies that would affect installation and rough-ins.
Protect products from damage.
Mechanical:
a. Afford Owner's forces a reasonable opportunity for inuoduction and storage of their
products and the execution of their work. Where required, Contractor shall properly
connect his work to theirs.
b. Repair or replace items damaged by Contractor.
woRK SEQUENCE
Sequence and stage new work in accordance with approved Construction Schedules.
Perform select demolition and alteration work of existing building in stages to accommodate Owner's use
of premises as follows:
l. Demolition and structural work will affect the existing building. Coordinate all site, building
operations, and utility disruptions with Owner, a minimum of two weeks, prior to work
commencing. Ensure that disruption to existing building operations are minimized during the
construction duration period.
Construct Work as necessary to provide for public and tenant convenience.
l. Do not close off public use of existing facilities until completion of one stage of construction will
provide alternative usage.2. Proposed changes to site access and building usage should be documented on a plan, and approved
by the Owner and Architect.
3. Do not close or obstruct public roadways without prior approval of local police and safety
authorities and coordination with Owner's use of the site.
OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Owner will occupy premises during entire period of construction for the conduct of Owner's normal,
daily operations. Cooperate with Owner's representative in all construction operations to minimize
conflict and to facilitate Owner usage.
B. Contractor shall conduct his operations to insure least inconvenience to Owner's operation.
C. Contractor shall take precautions to avoid excessive noise or vibration that would disturb Owner's
operations and building contents. When directed by Owner, Contractor shall pcrform certain operations
at designated time of day or night in order to minir,ize disturbance to Owncr's operations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n structio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 01100-2
I sECrroN ouoo SAMMARY
D. Refer to Section 01355 for provisions on security, maintenance of access and operations, maintenance of
existing utilities and services and building access restrictions.
!1.7 PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY
I A. Schedule operations lbr completion of designated portions of Work for Owner's occupancy prior toI Substantial Completion of entire Work.
I B. Owner will occupy designated areas for purpose of installing owner purchased equipment or fumishings,
f and for resuming existing operations.
r C. Prior to occupancy, execute Certificate of Substantial Completion for each designated area.
r D. After Owner occupancy, Contractor shall provide:
I
I
I
l. Access for Owner's personnel, and public.
2. Temporary partitions and barricades required to limit and control access to other construction
areas, if applicable.
3. Operation of I{VAC and electrical systems until Substantial Completion of entire Work.4. Maintain property insurance until Substantial Completion of entire Work.
E. Upon occupancy ofa designated area, Owner will provide:
l. Custodial services.
2. Security.
3. Maintenance.
4. Operation of HVAC and electrical systems for owners occupied areas.
5. Insurance.
I I.8 coNTRAcToRS USE oF PREMISES
I A. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by Law, Ordinances, Permits, and Contract Documents.I
B. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment.
I C. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.
D. Assemble full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on premises.
I E. Move stored products which interfere with operations of Owner.
I F. Obtain and pay for use ofadditional storage or work areas needed for operations.
T G. Limit use of sitc for Work and storage as follows:
I l. Restrict work and storage to construction areas indicated on Drawings.I 2. Restrict parking to areas designated by Owner.3. Do not perform operations that would interrupt or delay Owner's daily operations.
I 4. Maintain Owner, and public access at all times to existing buildings, parking, drives and walks.
I
VA I L UALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstruction Doc ame nts
I5 October 2001I
I
t HLM 980071-04 01100-3
SECTION OIIU)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - E)(ECUfiON (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION OI IOO
SUMMARY
5. Restrict construction personnel from access to other areas of site and existing building are:ls,
except as required to perform new and alterations Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uctio n Do c um e nts
15 October 2(MI
HLM 980071-04 01100-4
I SECTION OlT4O WORK RESTNCTIONS
SECTION OI I4O - WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART I - CENERAL
l.l RELATED DOCIJMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
USE OF PREMISES
Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond
areas in which the Work is indicated.
l. Limits: Confine constructions operations to areas indicated on drawings.2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of site and use by the public of non-consfuction
designated portions of the site.
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to
Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times, Do not use these areas for
parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site.
c. Clean adjacent parking lots and roadways, and remove dirt and debris deposited as a result
of daily construction operations.
Use of Existing Building: Maintain use of existing building, by owner and occupants, throughout
construction period. Rcpair damage caused by construction operations. Coordinate with WMC staff,
protect building and its occupants during construction period.
I.3 OCCUPANCYREQUIREMENTS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period.
Coop€rate with Owner during construction onerations to rninimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage.
Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in
completed areas of the new building, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not
interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of cquipment and partial occupancy shall not
constitute acceptance of the total work.
I . Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, to be signed by
Architect, for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.2. Obtain a Certificatc of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and clectrical systems shall be fully operational, and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will
provide, operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of
buildins.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtruction Documents
15 October 2001
t.2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
HLM 980071-04 01140-1
SECTION OII4O WORKRESTRICTIONS
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - H(EC[ITION (Nor Used)
END OF SECTION OIl4O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n D o c um e nt s
15 October 2(MI
HLM 98M71-04 0II4b2
I sECrroNor2ro ALLOWANCES
l_-_, sEcrroN or2lo - ALLowANcES
I PART l -cENERALI
I I.1 SUMMARY
I A. The Contractor shall include in his Contract Sum the Cash Allowances specified.
I B. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Ownerr or Architect may direct.
I C. Expenditures from Cash Allowances shall be only upon written authorization of the Architect, approved
I by the Owner. Expenditures shall be kept within amounts set forth, unless specific authorization of
Architect and approval of Owner provides otherwise.
f D. Any unexpended balances of Cash Allowances shall revert to the Owner in the final settlement of ther Contract.
I t.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSTBTLTTIES
r A. Coordinate installation of allowance items with related building spaces, materials, equipment and
I scheduling.
I
B. Provide adequate storage space, construction space and access to Work for allowance items.
. C. Notify allowance item suppliers or subcontractors of required delivery dates and installation periods
established on project construction schedule.
I D. Obtain proposals from suppliers when requested by Architect.
E. On notification of selection, execute purchase agreement with designated supplier.
I F. Arrange for and process Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
I G. Upon delivery, promptly inspect products for damage or defects and submit claims for transportation
I damage.
H. Install and finish products in accordance with requirements of referenced specification sections.
I
1.3 TYPE OFCASH ALLOWANCE
f A. Allowances specified include net cost of product, delivery and unloading at site and applicable taxes.
Where specilied below, allowances shall also include installation costs.
I B. Contractor shall include in his Contract Sum, Conlractor's costs for overhead and prolit and costs for|l handling and installation, except where installation is specified to be a part ol the allowance.
I C. Installation shall includc handling at site, uncrating, storage, protection, labor, installation, finishing and
I other expenscs required to complete installation.
I - HLM 980071-U VATLVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 01210-r
t Construction Documents
15 October 2001
I
l,-.
SECTION O12lO ALLOWANCES
D. The extent of work included under each subcontract allowance and extent of allied work performed by
Contractor is described below.
1.4 LI,JMP SI,JM CASH ALLOWANCES
A. Curtain wall Engineering: Include in Contract Srmr the cash sum of $? for engineering.
B. Fire Alarm Annurciator Panels: $30,@0.00.
c.
1.5 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
A. To be determined at GMP.
B. Contractor's costs for products, delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, taxes, bonding, equipment
rental, will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency
Allowance.
C. Funds will be drawn from the Contingency Allowance only by Change Order.
D. At closeout of Contract, funds remaining in Contingency Allowance will be credited to Owner by Change
Order.
END OF SECTION OI2IO
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 01210-2
ALTERNATES
I PART l -cENERAL
I
I l.l SUMMARY
r A. This Section identifies each Alternatc by number, and dcscribes the basic changes to be incorporated into
the Work, only when the Alternate is made a part of the Work by specific provisions in the Owner-
I contractor Agreement.r
B. Alternates, as described below, add work to or deduct work from the Base Bid.
I C. Rcferenced sections of specifications or Drawing details sripulate pertinent requirements for products and
methods to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate.
I D. Coordinate pertinent related work and modify sunounding work as required to properly integrate theI work under each Alternate, and to provide the complete conitruction requiied by Contract iocu1nents.
t r.2 DESCRTPTIONOFATTERNATES
I I. ALTERNATENO. I
I
I ., PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
I
PART 3 - DGCUTTON (NOT APPLTCABLE)
I
END OF SECTION 01230
I
r
t
I
I
I sECrroNot23o
t sECTroNor23o-ALTERNATES
a"VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 Oclober 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 01230-t
I SECTION OI25O C O NTRACT M OD I F I CATIO N PROC EDU RES
SECTION OI25O - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART I - CENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SlJMMARY
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract
modifications.
Related Sections include the followins:
l.
2.Division I Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling
requests for substitutions made after Contract award.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
Architect will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes
in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA
Document CTl0, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions"
1.4 PROPOSAL REQI,JESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue through the Construction a detailed description of
proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect through Construction Manager are for information and
pricing only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the
proposed change, unless specifically agreed upon by Owner and Architect.
2. Within ten (10) working days, or as otherwise required by Architect, after receipt of Proposal
Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract
Time nccessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantitics ol'products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and crcdits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
c. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
t.l
t.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l"-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.3
HLM 980071-04 01250-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
1.5
1.6
SECTION 01250 C O NTMCT MOD I F IC ATI O N PROC EDA RES
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract,
Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Owner and Architect.
l. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.
Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change
on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of
purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.4. Include an updated Contractort Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,
including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, slart and finish times, and activity
relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.5. Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change
requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests.
ALLOWANCES
Allowance Adjustrnent: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference
between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place. If
applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product
imperfections, and similar margins.
l. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.2. If requested, prepare explanation and documenlation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs
and other rnargins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to
unit-cost allowances.
4. Owncr reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity
survey, measure, or count.
Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described intle Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor,
installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 2l days of receipt of the Change Order or
Construction Change Directive authorizing work to procecd. Owner will reject ciaims submitted later
than 30 days after such authorization.
l. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount
unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been
foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for sclcction of higher- or lower-priced
materials or systcms of the same scope and nalure as originally indicated.
CHANCE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architcct will issue a Change Order fbr signatures of Owner
and Contractor on AIA Document G70l . I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc uments
I5 October 2001 I
I
HLM 98007|-U 01250-2
t sECrroNor2so
I
I
CO NTRACT MOD I F I CATI O N PROCEDA RES
I 1.7 CONSTRUCTIONCHANGE DIRECTIVEI'-r
A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA
I Document G714. Construction Change Directivi instructs Contractor to p.o"r"i with a change in the
t Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
I 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also
I designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
I Construction Change Directive.I
l. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)r
PART 3 - E)(ECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OI25O
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtruction Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 012s0-3
I
1..-.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDARES
SECTION OI29O - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART I - GENERAL
I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the followine:
l.
2.
for proipdur,pl qqqpfueaientsrgovoalng fig.gadlprocdssing
Division I Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative Drocedures for handlins
changes to the Contract.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements
governing preparation and submitul of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Subrnittals
Schedule.
I.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to
various portions of the Work and uscd as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Conractor's
Construction Schedule.
l. Correlate line items in the Schcdule of Valucs with other rcouired administrative forms and
schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.b. SubmittalsSchedule.
2. Subntit the Schedule of'Values to Architect and Owner, tlrough Construction Manager at earliest
possible date but no latcr than seven days before thc date schedulcd for submittal of initial
Applications for Payment.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL C ENTER
Co nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001I
I
HLM 980071-04 01290-I
SECTION 01290
6.
I..5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
B.
PAYMENT PROCBDARES
Format and Content use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the
Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
l. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
Project name and location.
Name of Architect.
Architect's project number.
Contractori name and address.
Date of submittal.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following
for each item listed:
Related Specification Section or Division.
Description of the Work.
Name of subcontractor.
Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
Name of supplier.
Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
Dollar value.
l) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total
100 percent.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of
contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,
but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include cvidence of
insurance or bonded warehousing if required.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
Allowances; Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show
line item value of unit-cost allowanccs, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured
quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include
total cost and proportionate share ofgeneral overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-
place may be shown either as separate linc items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as
general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
Schedule Updating: Updatc and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for
Payment when Changc Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the
Contract Sum.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
a.
b.
d.
e.
at-
b.
d.
e.
f.
o
5.
7.
8.
o
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 Ockfier 2001
HLM 980071-04 01290-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l--
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDARES
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as ceftified by
Architect and Construction Manager and paid for by Owner.
l. Initial Application for Paymcnt, Application for Payment at timo of Substantial Completion, and
final Application for Payment involves additional requiremenrs.
Payment Application Timcs: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between
Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the
period indicated in thc Agreement.
Paymcnt Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and ALA Documcnt G703 Continuation Sheets as
form for Applications for Payment.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to
sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without
action.
l. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use
updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
construction period covered by application.
Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect
by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar
attachments if required.
I . Transmit each copy with a transmittal form
information about application.
listing attachments and recording appropriate
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens
from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous
application.
l. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each
item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien
for construction period covered by the application.
a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is tawfutly entitled
to a licn
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide
with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
l. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Valucs.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).4. Products list.
HLM 98007r-04 VAIL VALLEY M EDI CAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
D.
I
I
I
0r290-3
SECTION OT29O
5.
6.
7.
8-
9.
10.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECLI-ilON (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OI290
PAYMENT PROCEDARES
Allowances.
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
List of Contractor'.s staff assignmcnts.
List of Contractor's principal consultants.
Copies of building permits issued.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Work.
I L Initial progress report.12. Report of pre-construction conference.13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies ifsuch policies are being provided by Contractor.14. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
15. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Paymcnt showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work
claimed as substantially complete.
l. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for
Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion ofProject closeout requirements.2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,
fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractorb Affidavit of Release of Liens."6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."7. Evidence that claims have been settled.8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of
Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for
corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n D oc ume nt s
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01290-4
I sECrroNol3ro P ROJ ECT MAN AGEM E NT AN D C OORDI N ATI ON
l-..
'ECTI.N
0r3r0 - pRoJEcr MANAGEMENTAND cooRDrNATroN
I PARr r -.ENERAL
I r.r RELATED DocuMENTS
.. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 suMMARy
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
l. General project coordination procedures.
2. Conservation.
3. CoordinationDrawings.
4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
r 5. Project meetings.
f B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility
will be assigned to a specific contractor.
t-..- C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
l. Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
the Contractor's Construction Schedule.2. Division I Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
3. Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinatine Contract closeout.
I.3 COORDINATION
I A. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other
contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections
that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
l. Schedule construction operations in sequence required in order to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,
before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns truc tio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
l
I
I
I
I
t
t
Ir
t
HLM 980071-04 0r3r0-1
SECTION Ol3IO P ROJ ECT M AN AGE M ENT AND COORDI N ATI O N
If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
| . Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
l. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre-installationconferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
l. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work.
SUBMITTALS
Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
I . Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. Refer to Division l5 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" and Division 16
Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for specific Coordination Drawing
requirements for mechanical and electrical installations.
Staff Names: Within l5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff
assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify
individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers. Provide
names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of
individuals assigned to Project.
l. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
[emporary telephone.
I.5 ADMINISTRATTVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructi.on Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
t
t
I
B.
c.
I
ID.
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
t.4
HLM 980071-04 01310-2
SECTION 01310 P ROJ ECT M AN AGE M B NT AN D COORDI NATI ON
General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory
personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
l. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.
PROJECT MEETINGS
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated.
Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days of
the meeting.
Pre-installation Conferences: Conduct a pre-installation conference at hoject site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
l. Anendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect
of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.
3. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at weekly intervals. Project
coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as
progress meetings and pre-installation conferences.
l. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of
schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Combined Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions
VAIL UALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n Do c u me nts
I5 October 2001
A.
A.
B.
1.6
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
2.
-t.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
I
HLM 980071-04 01310-3
SECTION OI3lO
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OI3IO
PROT ECT M ANAGE M E NT AND COORDI NATI O N
are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule after
each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the
followine:
Interface requirements.
Sequence of operations.
Status of submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Access.
Site utilization.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Work hours.
Hazards and risks.
Progress cleaning.
Quality and work standards.
Change Orders.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to
others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l)
2)
3)
4)
6)
7)
8)
e)
l0)
1l)
t2)
l3)
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01310-4
CON STRACTIO N PROGRESS DOCU M ENTATI ON
r SECTION OI32O _ CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
I PART I.GENERAL
I
I l.l SI ,IMARY
I A. Procedures for preparation and submission of Contractor's construction schedules for the Work and
- periodic updating.
I B. Critical action report of required Owner and A/E actions or decisions.
I
I r.2 RELATED SECTTONS
a General Conditions (paragraph 3.10)IIl B. Schedule of Values - Section 01295.
I C. Construction Photographs - Section 01322.r D. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - Section 01330.
. 1.3 FoRM oF SCIIEDULES
A. Prepare in horizontal bar chart form, or Prepare network analysis system using the critical path method,
t ' as outlined in The Associated General Conractors of Americi (ACC) publication 'The Use of CPM in
I Construction - A Manual for General Contractors".
I l. Separate bar for each trade or operation.r I Identify first workday ofeach week.I
t B. Prepare in chronological order of start ofeach item of work.r C. Identify each item by major specification section number or trade.
I|r 1.4 CONTENT OF SCHEDI,JLES
I A. Provide complete sequence ofconstruction activity.
I
l. Indicate dates for beginning and completion ofeach activity.
I 2. Indicate projected percentage ofcompletion for each item, as of first day ofeach month.I 3
iil:l?, Tf;nTi'::f,:::,i#lTlf;,,*T:i"J"i;fi:,T":,""ff:l;lT;T#lL,'"T iiliili,lJ"j;,iJi;
instructions and demonstrations, commissioning activities, Regulatory Agency ol'Jurisdiction
I
inspections, Substantial Complction.
B. Product deliverv schedule. Indicate dates for:
I | . Delivery of products specified by allowances.r 2. Delivery of Owner-furnished products.
l- HLM980071-04 VAILVALLEYMEDICALCENTER 01320-I
I Construction Documents
I5 October 2001
II
I sECrroNot32o
SECTION OI32O
3. Contractor's receipt of rough-in information
others.
4. Installation of products furnished by others.
items separately.
C O NST RU CTI O N PROGRE S S DOCU ME NTATI ON
required for coordination ol'products furnished by
Identify major categories and unique equipment
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
1.5
1.6
Include calendar days tiom date of start of project to date of completion.
CRITICAL ACTION REPORT
Provide a separate summary report of dates for required Owner and Architect actions or decisions that
would affect construction schedule.
REVISIONS TO SCHEDIJLES
Submit schedule updates and graphically illustrate the progress of each activity to datc of submittal, and
projected completion date ofeach activity.
Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiabte
changes.
Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report
colrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect including the effect of changes on schedules of
separate contractors.
SUBMITTALS
Submit initial schedules and critical action report within l5 days after date of Notice to Proce€d.
Submit monthly revised schedules accurately depicting progrcss to first day of each month. Submit with
application for payment submittal.
Submit monthly revised critical action report concurrent with construction schedule submittal.
Submit number of copies required by Contractor, plus 2 copies to be retained by Architect (1 copy) and
Owner (l copy).
B.
1.7
A.
B.
c.
D.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT APPLICABLE
END OF SECTION OI32O
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruc tio n D o c ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01320-2
I SECTION 01322
I,I SECTIONOI322-CONSTRUCTIONPHOTOCRAPHSr--
I PART l -cENERAL
I
I I.I STJMMARY
rt A. Pre-construction photographs.
I B. Monthly construction photographs.I
C. Periodicconstructionphotographs.
I D. Final Completion construction photographs.
t r.2 suBMrrrALSt
A. Identification:
! l. Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage poins marked for location
and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include the same
label information as the corresponding photographs. Plan shall be reviewed and approved by
Architect.
2. On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following
information.
a. Name of Project.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Name of Contractor.
d. Date photograph was taken.
e. Description of vantage point indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
I B. Construction Photographs: Submit prints of each photographic with each job progress report, but not less
than once per month. Photographs shall be taken at the same time each month to document construction
progress. Additional photographs are to be taken at critical points of construction, as directed by
Architect.
l. Format: 8-by-10-inch (203-by-254-rnm) smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight
commercial-grade stock.
2. Negatives: Submit a complete set of photographic negatives in protective envelopes as a project
Rccord Document. Identify date photographs were takcn.
I
I -,'
I
CONSTRACTION PHOTOS
I
I
Ir IART2-pRoDucrs(NorAeeLICABLE)
I PARr3-EXECUTT'N
I 3.r coNSrRUCrroNpHorocRApHS
Y
HLMe80071-04 VAIL UALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructinn Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
01322-1
SECTION OIJ22 CONSTRACTION PHOTOS
Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of progress photographs in the field offtce at Project site,
available at all times for reference. Field photographs are to be in a photo book, with clear protective
pages. Photographs are to be sequential, with date included. Identify photographs the same as for those
submitted to in the Monthly Progress Report.
Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color photographs of Project site and
surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.
L Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before smning the Work.2. Take photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining the property to accurately record the
physical conditions at the start of construction.
3. Architect and Construction Manager will coordinate vantage points for the initial photographs.
Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take color photographs after date of Substantial
Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will direct photographer for desired
vantage points.
END OF SECTION 01322
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 October 2001
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
HLM 980071-04 01322-2
I sECrroNot33o SUBMITTAL PROCEDARES
1_ sECTroN 01330 - suBMrrrAL pRocEDUREs
I PART l-cENERAL
I
I t.t STJMMARY
I A. Procedures for submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by Contract Documents.
I B. Quality Control Submittals.
C. Schedule of submittals.
I 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
I A. General Conditions - paragraph 3.12.I
. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions - Section 01600.
I C. Contract Closeout Submittals - Section 01770 and 01780.
II I.3 DEFINITIONSI
r -_ A. Shop Drawings: Refer to General Conditions, subparagraph 3.12.1.
a ,_.,. B. Product Data: Refer to General Conditions, subparagraph 3.12.2.
I C. Samples: Refer to General Conditions, subparagra ph 3.12.3.
I D. Quality Control Submittals: Informational submittals that pertain to quality control and which do not
r require review and approval by Architect and are to be retained in project file only. If reviewed, project
I information will be reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents only. The review will notI constitute a detailed review of adequacy of submitted design calculations. The appropriateness and
accuracy of calculations is the responsibility of the Contractor (and Contractor's professional engineerI when such calculations are required to be professionally sealed). Examples of quality control submittals:
- l. Design data and calculations.
r 2. Test reports.
I 3. Certifications and certificates.! 4. Manufacturer's instructions,
5. Manufacturer's field reports.
|] 6. Qualifications of Installer.
I
1.4 SHOP DRAWINCS
II A. Prepare project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Prcpare drawings in a clcar and thorough
manner. Title each drawing with Project name.
t B. Identify plans and details by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on
Contract Documents.
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constraction Doc u me nts
15 October 2il)I
t
01330-t
SECTION 01330
t.
2.
J.
A
5.
6.
7.
SUBMITTALPROCEDARES I
c.
D.
Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent critical features or Work.
Do not reproduce Contract Documents for use as Shop Drawings.
Electronic copies of CADD Drawings of the Contract Documents will provided by Architect/ Engineer,
on a one-time basis, for Contractor's use in preparing Shop Drawings. To obtain electronic copies of
CADD drawings, the contractor will have to sign Architect's release waiver and pay a nominal fee to be
determined by Architect which is commensurate with the costs incurred by the Architect for preparation,
formatting and file transfers to the conftactor.
L If the Contractor obtains or receives electronic copies of the CADD Drawings, Contractor shall
not rely upon the electronic copies or re-use, alter or modify such electronic copies.2. Contractor further agrees to (l) Pay (or forego payment on its own behalf the cost of) and (2)
indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Architect from claims arising from any use! re-use,
alteration or modification of such clectronic copies.
3. Contractor shall only obtain electronic copies ofCADD Drawings pursuant to a written agreement
with the Owner in a format agreed to by Architect and agrees that in all events the most current
printed version of the Drawings governs over any electronic version.
PRODUCT DATA
Manufacturer's standard drawings, details and diagrams:
Modi$ drawings to delete information which is not applicable to Work.
Supplement standard information to provide additional information specifically applicable to
Work.
B.Manufacturer's standard printed descriptive data:
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1.5
l.
z.
Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models.
Show dimensions and clearances required.
Show performance charactcristics and capacities.
Show factory installed wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
Show utility connection and rough-in requirements.
Include manufacturer's installation instruction.
Indicate compliance with trade and testing agency standards.
I.6 SAMPLES
A. Submit full range of manufacturer's standard colors, textures and patterns for Architect's selection.
B. Identify manufacturer's samples with manuf'acturer's name, item, use, type, project designation,
specification section or drawing detail reference, color, range, texture, finish and other pertincnt data.
C. ldcntify related and adjacent construction (hat will impact the product installation or function.
D. Idcntiiy potential coordination issues that rnay be apparent to manufacturcr.
E. Size and cxtent of field and fabricated samplcs as specified in respective specification sections.
F. Mock-ups: Full sized mock-ups are required for components specified below. Construct mock-ups in
compliance with Specifications and representing standard workmanship and finish to be achicvcd in
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 Oclober 2001
HLM 98007t-04 01330-2
I
l--.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
SECTION OlJ30 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Project. Revise and modify, as directed, mock-ups which, in Architects opinion, do not comply with
Specifications. Architect reserves the right to make minor adjustmcnts in mock-ups at no additional cost
to Owner. Incorporate modifications into final construction. Construct mock-ups where directed by
Architect. Retain and protect during the construction of the project. Mock-ups may be incorporated into
final construction upon Architects acceptance. Remove mock-ups not incorporated into final construction
when directed by Architect. Do not order materials until mock-up is approved, allow 4 weeks for rcvicw.
l. Prior to delivery of materials for mock-ups, submit product data and samples of materials
proposed for use in mock-up for Architects review.
2. Submit shop drawings for each mock-up.
3. Obtain Architects acceptance of visual qualities of mock-ups before commencing with
conesponding work.
4. Should mock-ups fail to receive Architect's approval. Take down or dismantle and rebuild to
extent necessary, until approval has been obtained.
5. Timc rcbuilding and completion of mock-ups necessary to obtain acceptance to avoid delay in
construction schedule.
6. Required Mock-ups
a. Exterior wall - combine typical conditions for the masonry and EIFS construction in a
minimum 48" x 96" wall.
Erect field Samples at Project site, at location acceptable to Architect. Fabricate each sample complete
and finished.
QUALITY CONTROL SI]BMITTALS
Submit quality control information as indicated in respective Specification sections.
1. Design data or calculations requiring professional certification shall be properly sealed and signed
by a registered professional engineer in State of Colorado.
2. Submit test reports in accordance with requirements.
3. Submitmanufacturer'sinstallationinstructions.
Submit in same manner as Product Data, except as otherwise specified above.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIB ILITIES
Review Shop Drawings, Product Data Samples and similar submittals prior to submission. Initial, sign or
stamp, certifying to review of submittal for compliance with Contract Documents and indicating
Contractor's approval of submittal. AII conics of submittal are to be reviewed, and stamped by
contractor. All submittals that do not bear the Contractor's stamp will be returned by the Architect,
without review.
B. Verify:
I . Field measurements.
2. Field construction criteria.
3. Catalog numbers and similar data.
4. Conformance with Contract Documents.
5. Completeness of submittal.
C. Coordinate each submittal with rcquircmcnts of Work and of Contract Documents.
D. Notify Architect, in writing at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from requirements of
Contract Documents.
G.
1.7
t
B.
1.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t-VAI L VA LLEY M EDICA L CENTER
C o nstructio n Do c u me nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 01330-3
SI]BMITTALPROCEDARES ISECTION 01330
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
for
the
G.
B.
c.
D.
1.9
Begin no fabrication or work which requires subm.ittals until return of submittals with
Architect/Enginccr's stamp and initials or signature indicating review.
The Contractor's rcsponsibility for enors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Architect's
review of submittals.
The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is
not relieved by the Architect's/Engineers revicw of submittals unless the Architect gives written
acceptance of specific deviations.
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Concurrent with submittal of Construction Progress Schedule, prcpare and submit a schedule
submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Quality Control Submittals. Include
followine:
l. Dates Contractor's submittals will be submitted to Architect.
2. Dates submittals will be required for Owner-furnished products.
3. Dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect.
Schedule submittals in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work.
Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule.
Submit number of copies of Submittals as follows:
l. Shop Drawings: Submit one reproducible print and 3 copies. Architect will rerain onc copy.
Contractor will retain two copies, one of which is to be kept for Owner. The fourth copy will be
for the sub-contractor. If the product requires review by an engineer submit 5 copies so that the
enginccr can also retain one copy.
2. Product Data: Submit 4 copies of Product Data. Architect will retain one copy. Contractor will
retain two copies, one of which is to be kcpt for Owner. The fourth copy will be for thc sub-
contractor. If the product requires review by an engineer submit 5 copies so that the engineer can
also retain one copy.
3. Samples: Submit 3 sets of samples.
4. Quality Control Submittals: Unless otherwise specified, submit 3 copies of Quality Control
submittals concurrent with Shop Drawing and Product Data submittals.
Accompany submittals with dated transmittal letter containing.
l. Project title and number.
2. Contractor's name and address.
3. Namc and submittal identification number of each submitted Shop Drawing, Producr Datum,
Sample or Quality Control Submittal.
4. Notification ofdeviations from Contract Documents.
Submittals shall include:
l. Date and rcvision dates.
2. Project title.
3. Names of Architect, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier and manufacturer.
4. Identification of product by specification section numbcr.
5. Relation to adjacent structurc, materials or other critical features.
F.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construc tion Doc uments
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01330-4
I sECrroNor33o SABMITTAL PROCEDURES
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Applicablereferencestandards.
8. Identification ofdeviations from Contract Documents, ifany.
9. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review and approval of submittal, verification
of field measurements, compliance with Contract Documents and coordination with requirements
of Work.
10. Submittal identification number composcd of 5 digit specification section number plus a
sequential number. Resubmittals shall include same numbering sequence, and identified with a
sequential letter to identify latest submittal. (Example: Original Submittal: 08800-1, Resubmittal:
08800-lA.)
G. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings to facilitate interrelation of Products and Systems:
l. Finishes requiring selection ofcolors, textures or patterns.
2. Associated items of systems which require correlation for efficient function and installation.
H. Coordinate submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to
review submittals concurrently for coordination.
I. Provide complete submittals in accordance with requirements of respective Specification sections. Partial
or incomplete submittals will be returned, without rcview, for resubmission.
J. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals
until related submittals are received.
I.1O RESUBMIT"TALREQUREMENTS
A. Rcvise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for initial submittal.
B. Indicate changes which have been made since previous submittal.
C. Submit new Samples as specified for initial submittal.
I l.l I DISTRTBUTTON OF SUBMTTTALS AF|ER REVTEW
- A. Copy and distribute reviewed copies of Shop Drawings and Product Data which carry Architect's stamp
I as follows: Contractor's file, job site file, Record Documents file, other prime contractors,I subcontractors, supplier and fabricator.
I 1.12 ARCHTTECT'S ACTIONS
It A. Architect will review Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples in accordance with General Conditions,
t subparagraph 4.2.7. The Architect will return the following to Contractor:
l. Three copies ofShop Drawings.
2. Three oopies of Product Data.
3. Two samples.
B. Architect will not take responsive action on quality control or informational submittals except to require
resubmission of incorrect or incomplete information.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01330-5
SECTION 01330 SABMITTAL PROCEDURES
C. Architect will return Shop Drawings within 7 working days of receipt of Contractor's complete submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - E)GCUTION (NOT APPLTCABLE)
END OF SECTION OI33O
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nsltuc tio n Do c ume nts
15 Octoher 2001
HLM 980071-04 0r330-6
I
l--
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
L_r
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
lt-
I
l.l
SECTION 01355 A LT E RAT I O N S PROI ECT P ROC E ED A RES
SECTION 01355 - ALTERATIONS PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART I - CENERAL
STJMMARY
Procedural requirements for alterations work.
Selective demolition.
RELATED SECTIONS
Use of site - Section 0l 100.
Sequence of work - Section 0l | 00.
Temporary facilities and controls, including temporary partitions - Section 01500.
Material and equipment - Section 01500.
Cuuing and patching new work - Section 01731 .
Cleaning - Section 01740.
A.
B.
1.2
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
I.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Abandoned (No Longer in Use): Remove and legally dispose of items noted or determined to be abandoned [,
unless otherwise scheduledl.
B. Existing (Presently There, Original): Present conditions and assumed locations, if known, as of date of
Contract Documents.
C. Existing to Remain (To have Where it is Existing): Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and soiling during selective demolition and construction process. When permitted by the Architect, items may
be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and
reinstalled in their original locations.
D. Reinstall (To Incorporate as was Once Done): Remove items indicated: Clean, service, restore and otherwise
prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations
indicated.
E. Relocate (To Reinstall in a New Location): Remove and reinstall items indicated in a new location as shown
on Drawings.
F. Remove (Take from Existing Location): Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be
relocated, reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.
C. Renovate/Restore (To Repair and Make Like New): The process required to bring an itcm as ncarly as
possible to its original form and like-new condition; e.g., to rehabilitate or recondition.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n D o c ume nts
15 OCrOBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 01335-1
1.4
sEcTroN 01355 ALTE RAT ION S P ROJ ECT P ROCEEDA RE S
Replacc (To take the place of): Remove existing product or item and provide new matching product in place
of existing product.
Reuse (To Use as Once Was): The use of suitable salvaged materials and products for incorporation or
reinstallalion in the Work.
Salvage (To be Removed as is, Save): (To be removed as is, save): Items indicated to be salvaged shall
remain the Owner's property, unless specifically designated for reuse. Removc, clean, and pack or crate items
to protect against damage. Identify contents ofcontainers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area.
DESCRIPTION
The procedures and administrative requirements of this Section apply to all Sections of the Specifications
which are involved in alterations to the existing facility.
During selective demolition and alteration work, exercise extreme care not to damage, deface or alter existing
elements of building scheduled to remain, except as specihcatly noted otherwise.
In addition to selective demolition and removal specifically indicated, cut into or partially removc portions of
the existing facility as necessary to allow for new construction. Include such work as:
I . Cutting, moving or removing of items not shown to be cut, moved, or removed, but which must be cut,
moved, or removed to allow the new work to proceed. Work or items which are to remain in the
finished work shall be parched or reinstalled after their cutting, moving, or removing, and made to
match adjacent work.
2. Cleaning and removal ofexisting surface finishes as needed to install new work and new finishes.3. Removal of abandoned items serving no useful pupose, such as abandoned equipment, piping,
ductwork, conduit, and wiring.
4. Removal or repair of hazardous conditions.
5. Removal ofdebris [and abandoned items] from area and from concealed spaces.
Patch, match, repair, refinish, restore or reinstall existing items to remain in finished work, to specified
condition for each material, with joints and finishes made to match adjacent or similar work.
Salvage, rclocate and reinstall designated existing materials and equipment.
Replace designated and unserviceable existing materials with new matching materials.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicatcd to remain the
Owner's property, demolished materials shall become thc Contractor's property and shall be removcd from
the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option aftcr coordination with the Owner.
SUBMITTALS
Procedures for Submittals: Section 01330.
Quality Control Submittals (For Information Only):
l. Proposcd dust control measures.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Docune nts
15 OiroBER 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
H.
J.
B.
D.
E.
F.
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.6
A.
B.
HLM 980071-04 01335-2
t sECrroN or3ss ALTE RAT I O N S P RO] ECT PROCEEDU RES
I 2. Proposed noise control measures.ll -'-'. 3. Proposed vibration control measures.
4. Schedule of selective demolition activities indicatins the followins:
I a. Detailed sequcncc of sclective demolition anJr..our, *ori, *itt .turting and ending dates for
each activity.
I b. Intcrruption of utility services.I I ;:ili::Uli:liiTliliils'lf;i:*:ll'il1fl::fi::l'1":::#:'p,"a p,.g,",, or
Owner's on-site operations.
e. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing facility and ofI Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.f. Locations of temporary partitions and means ofegress.
I t.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Qualifications-
1. Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that
I indicared for this Project.
I 2. Employ skilled mechanics or tradesmen who are capable of matching existing quality of workmanship
for each element of existins work.
I B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing regulatory agency ofjurisdiction notification regulations.- before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and dispoial rlgulations ofregulatory agencies of
- -_. jurisdiction.
r
I.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Owner Occupancy: Refer to Section 01 100.
I l. Owner will occupy portions of the facility immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
I 2. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
3. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to Owner ofactivities that will affect Owner's oDerauons.
I B. Hazardous Materials:
I
l. It is not expected that asbestos or other hazardous materials will be encountered in the work.
|| 2. During selective demolition, cutting and removal, examine debris for presence of hazardous
I materials. If hazardous materials are encountered, comply with local, slate and federal regulations
for handling, removal and disposal procedures.
I C. Discoveries: Items of value, furnishings and articles of a historic or private nature, which are encountered
- during cutting, removal and new construction shall be lurned over to the Owner, or the Owner's dcsires
for their disposition shall be sought and followed.
I D. Security
L Maintain strict security ofOwner occupied areas and projcct sitc during selective demolition and
alterations work.
r E. Maintenance of Firc Dcpanmcnt Access
f HLMssooTr-,4 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 01335-3
C o nslructio n D o c uments
15 OcroBER 2001I
SECTION 01355 ALTERATIONSPROJECTPROCEEDARES I
F.
l.During entire period ofconstruction, maintain designated fire lane access routes to existing and new
facilities.
Keep fire hydrants clear of construction operations.
Maintenance of Access and Operations
I . Maintain proper and safe access to the Owner and Public occupied areas at all times. Keep free of
construction materials and debris at all times.
2. During periods of construction when Owner occupies facility do not obstruct in any manner
existing exit. ways of Owner-occupied areas. Prior to removal of existing exit ways (stairs,
corridors, doors) as part of new Work, provide and maintain new exit ways so as to maintain same
number of exit ways. Maintain existing exit doors in an operable condition.
3. Schedule selective demolition and remodeling operations with Owner in such a manner as to
follow Owner and Public operations to continue.
Maintenance of Existing Services
Provide temporary lines and connections as required to maintain existing mechanical, electrical
and plumbing services in existing facilities.
Notiff Owner a minimum of 7 days prior to each required intemrption of mechanical or electrical
services in Owner-occupied portions of the facility. Such intemrptions shall be only at such times
and for lengths of time as approved by the Owner. In no event shall intemrption occur without
prior approval of the Owner.
Intemtptions of services shall be limited to hours of 6:00 PM to 7:00AM or as coordinated with
Owner.
Maintenance of Life Safety Systems
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l.
-).
c.
l.
2.
Existing facility life safety systems shall be maintained operational at all times.
Provide temporary connections and services as necessary to maintain existing lacilily life safety
sysrcms.
Notify Owner in writing 24 hours prior to removing, relocating, or reworking life safety systems.
Owner to disable.
Display red tags entitled "Fire Protection Out of Service" on each closed valve.
Notify Owner prior to restoring fire alarm system operation. After system is operational, test system
for proper operation.
Temporary interruption ofexisting life safety systems will only be allowed between hours of6 PM and
7 AM or as coordinated with Owner.
3.
/
5.
6.
Building Access
I . Access buildings at entrances predetermined with Owncr.
2. Access to construction areas within Owner-occupied areas shall be by passageways and corridors as
designated by Owner.
3. Restrict construction traffic to designated work areas and to other areas specilically designated by
Owner.
4. Allow access at all times to Owner's building maintenance and security forccs.
I.9 SEQUENCINC / SCHEDUI-ING
A. Sequence selective demolition and alterations work with new construction.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nslructio n Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 0133s-4
2.1I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
3.2
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t-
I
I
t"
I
3.1
SECTION 01355 A LTE RAT ION S PRO] ECT P ROC E E DU RES
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Matching Products and Materials:
l. Where a product, materials or type ofconsruction occurs in existing facility, and itis not specified as
a part of new work, provide such products, materials or types of construction as needed to patch,
extend or match existing work.
2. This Specification Section will generally not describe existing products or standards ofexecution, nor
will it enumerate products which are not a part of new construction. The existing product is its own
specification and standard for strength, appearance, and other characteristics. Provide products in
quality which is in no way inferior to existing products.
3. Presence of product, material or type of construction in existing work shall cause its patching,
extending, or matching to be performed, as necessary to make work complete and consistent, to
identical standards of quality.
PART 3 - DGCUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
Inventory and record condition of items to be removed and reinstalled, and items to be removed and salvaged.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or
design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict, Promptly submit a
written report to the Architect/Engineer.
When unanticipated dimensional conflicts of existing conditions are encountered, promptly submit a written
report to the Architect/Engineer.
TITILITY SERVICES
Maintain existing utilities and services indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during
selective demolition operations. Refcr to Arricle 1.8.
Utility Requiremenls: Refer to Division l5 and l6 Scctions for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and
sealing or capping utility scrvices. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and
sealing havc been complcted and verified in writing.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Drain, purge, or otherwisc removc, collcct, and dispose ofchemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or
other dangerous materials before procccding with sclective demolition operations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
B.
c.
HLM 98007r-04 01335-5
SECTION 01355 ALTE RAT ION S PROJ ECT PROCE EDA RES
Conduct selective demolition operations and rcmove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
Conduct selective demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and
facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area.
Prior to starting selective dcmolition, verily that necessary protections, barricades and temporary partitions are
in place. Refer to Section 01500.
Provide necessary shoring, bracing, needle pinning and other precautions required to properly support existing
structure during cutting and selective demolition operations.
POLLUTION CONTROLS
Conduct work in such a manner as to minimize noise and to minimize accumulation and spread of dirt and
dust.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition.
SELECTIVE DEMOLTION
Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated.
Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of govcrning regulations and as follows:
I . Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods
least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of
adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chipping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid maning existing
finished surfaces.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Concealed spaces, such
as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents ofhidden space beforc starting flame-cutting
operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
Lsmove decayed, vermin-infected, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly
dispose of off-site.
Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid liee fall and to
prevent ground impact or dust generation.
Locate sclective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove dcbris and materials so as
not to impose exccssive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
Dispose of demolishcd itcms and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed itcrns is
prohibited.
Return elements ofconstruction and surlaccs to remain to condition existins before start ofselective
demolition oDerations.
3.6 ALTERATIONS PROCEDURES
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2.
-'),
B.
C,
A. Extent:
damage
HLM 980071-04
D.
E.
3.4
B.
3.5
A
).
6.
7.
8.
9.
Perform cutting and renroval work so as not to cul. or remove more than is necessary and so as not to
adiacent work.
VAI L VALLEY M E DICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc u me nts
15 OcroBER 2001
01335-6
I SECTION 01355 ALT E RAT I ON S P ROJ ECT P ROCEEDU RE S
Shoring and Bracing: Provide shores, needling and bracing required to keep building structurally secure and
free ofdeflection in all its parts, and as required for installation of new structural members.
Sleeving:
l. Where new pipes, conduit and ducts penetrate existing walls, roofs and floors, provide sleeves
appropriate to existing construction and new penetrating work.
2. Fill voids between sleeves and penetrating pipes, conduit and ducts as required.
3. Where sleeves are not required, fill voids between edges ofpenctration and penetrating pipes, conduits
and ducts as required.
4. Where penetrations are through fire-rated walls and floors, fill voids with firestopping materials to
maintain fire rating of assembly being penetrated in accordance with Specification Section 0?841.
Salvage for Reuse:
l. Salvage sufficient quantities of cut or removed material to replace damaged work or patch new work
where required. Protect and provide dry, secure storage for items to be reused.
Salvage items specifically indicated for salvage and reuse.
Do not incorporate salvaged or used material in new construction, except as approved by Architect or
except ils specifically indicated.
4. Salvaged items left over after completion of Work shall be disposed of by Contractor, unless
scheduled to be delivered to Owner.
PATCHING, EXTENDING, MATCHINC AND RELOCATING
Extent: Perform patching, extending, matching, relocating and reworking ofexisting elements as designated
on Drawings and as required to makc work complete.
Skill: Patch and extend existing using skillcd mechanics who are capable of matching existing quality of
workmanship. Quality of patched or extended work shall not be less than that specified for new Work.
Patching:
l. In areas where a portion of an existing finished surface is damaged, lifted, or stained as a result of
alterations work, patch or replace damaged portion of surface with matching material.
2. Patch holes in walls, partitions and floors resulting from removal of piping or equipment.
3. Provide adequate support or substratc for patching of finishes.
4. At locations in existing areas where partitions are removed, patch floors and walls with finish materials
to match adjacent finishes.
Matching
l. Restorc existing work that is damaged during construction to acondition equal to its condition at time
of start of Work.
2. Ifdamaged surfacc was a painted or coated one, repaint or recoat patched portion in such a way that
uniform color and texture over entire surface results.
3. If surrounding surface cannot bc matched, repaint or recoat entire surface to a visible stopping point or
change of plane.
4. Patched areas shall match adjacent surfaces in texture and finish.
Transitions
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 OcroBER 2001
B.
D.
3.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
C.
2.
J.
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 01335-7
SECTION 01355 ALTERATIONS PROJECT PROCEEDT]RES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.
/
B.
B.
C.
D.
3.8
3.9
.)-
Where new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work, make transition as smooth and neat as
possible. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance so as to make
patch or transition invisible to eye at a distance of 3 ft.
Where masonry, plaster, metal or other finished surface is cut in such a way that a smooth transition
with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface neatly along a straight line at a natural line of
division, and provide trim appropriate to finished surface.
Where two or more spaces are indicated to become one space, rework remaining finish surfaces so that
true planes, without breaks, steps or bulkheads results.
In cases of extreme change of level (3 in. or more), obtain instructions from Architect as to method of
making transition line shall be employed.
REPAIR
Replace work damaged in course ofalterations, except at areas approved by Architect/Engineer for repair.
Small existing surface defects and existing conditions of minor wear and tear of masonry, concrete and metal
surfaces will not require removal ad replacement, except as otherwise specifically noted.
If repaired work is not brought up to standard for new work, Architect/Engineer will direct that it be cut out
and replaced with new work.
PROTECTION
Protect remaining finishes, equipment, and adjacent work from damage caused by cutting, moving, removal
and patching operations. Protect surfaces which will remain a part of the finished work.
Protect existing facilities and features, within construction areas and along corridor access route to
construction areas.
Cover existing wall and floor finishes in work areas, in adjacent areas and along corridor access route to
prevent damage from product delivery and construction operations.
Protect existing and new work from weather elements. Where openings are cut into existing work, provide
waterproofing, weather protection, and other facilities and protection required to prevent weather damage to
new work, to remaining old work, and to building interior.
CLEANINC
At completion of each phase of alterations work,
succeeding work.
clean work area and make work surfaces ready for
Clean areas daily (including food debris).
As soon as work in each area of alterations is complete, clean up surfaccs, remove equipment, salvage and
debris, and return in condition suitable for proceeding with new Work as quickly as possiblc.
DISPOSAL
3,l0
A.
B.
C.
3.1 |
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tru ctio n D o c u m e nts
15 OcroBER 2001
HLM 980071-04 0r335-8
I SECTIONOT3,S ALTERATIONSPROTECTPROCEEDURESr
I A. Materials, equipment and debris resulting from demolition operations shall become property of Contractor.
gulations.
I B. Cover debris in trunks with approved netting to prevent spillage while being transported.
I C. Do not store or burn materials on site. Remove combustible waste materials in a manner approved by agency
I ofjurisdiction. Remove, handle and dispose ofany hazardous waste and debris in accordance with applicable
agency of jurisdiction regulations.
I D. Transport demolition debris to off-site disposal area and legally dispose ofdebris.t
I E. Use street route specifically designated by local authorities for hauling debris.
I
! ENDOFSECTIONO1355
I
I
l::
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
HLMssooTr-u4
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n D o came nts
15 OcroBER 2001
01335-9
I sEcrroNor4oo QUALITY REQAIREMENTS
l^- sEcrIoN 01400 - euAlrry REeuTREMENTS
I PART I -CENERALr
,r 1.1 SUMMARYr
- A. Quality Assurance/Control.
I B. Manufacturers' Field Services
I
C. Examination of conditions.
I
I D. Preparation of substrare.
I r.2 RELATED sEcrroNsI
A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspection and testing required by goveming authorities
I B. Testing Laboratory Services.
I t.3 QUALTTY ASSURANCBCONTROL
A. Maintain quality control over sub-contractors, suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, siteI conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality.
r-.--'B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
I C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification fromr Architect before proceeding.
I D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringentI tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
I E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
r F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings.
I G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,I vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.
I 1.4 MANUFACTURERS'FTELD SERVICES
I A. When specified in respective Specification section, require manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to
I obscrve field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, and to maker appropriate recommendations.
Ir VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 01400-I
2.1
SECTION OI4OO QUALITY REQAIREMENTS
B. Reprcscntative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. Report
shall include observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are
supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLTCABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
Verify that site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new
Work means acceptance of conditions.
Clean and prepare substrates as specified in individual Specification Sections and as recommended by
product manufacturer.
Unless otherwise specified, apply manufacturer required or recommended subsrarc primer, sealer, or
conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond.
END OF SECTION OI4OO
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B,
HLM 980071-04 01400-2
I SECTION 01420
SECTION OI42O . REFERENCES
PART I . GENERAL
REFERENCES
STANDARDS
Applicability: For products specified by reference to an association or trade standard, comply with
requirements and recommendations stated in that standard, except when requirements are modified by the
Contract Documents, or applicable codcs establish stricter standards.
L Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
thc Architect before proceeding.
2. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those
ol' the Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise
in any reference document.
3. References to standards are binding upon Contractor and have no impact or lirnitation upon
Contractor's sole responsibility for and control over constxuction means, methods, techniques,
sequenccs and procedures and responsibility for coordinating all portions of the Work under the
Contract.
Publication Dates:
Comply with standard in effect as of date of issue of Contract Documents, except when a specific
date is specified.
Copies of Standards: Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance of Work,
obtain such copies directly from publication source.
SCHEDULE OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations and Names: Following is a partial list of construction industry standards organizations.
Reference standards of thcsc organizations are listed in respective specification sections using
abbreviations contained below.
l. AA - Aluminum Association
2. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council
3. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturer's Association
4. AASHTO - Amcrican Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
5. ABMA - American Boilers Manufacturer's Association
6. ACI - American Concrete Institute
7 . ACIL - American Council of Independent Laboratories
8. ADC - Air Diffusion Council
9. AGA - American Cas Association
10. AI - Asphalt Institutc
I l. AIA - American Institute of Architects
12. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction
13. AISI - Anrerican Iron and Steel Institute
14. AITC - American Institute of Timbcr Construction
| 5. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association
16. ANSI - Amcrican National Standards Institute
l7 . APA -American Plywood Association
18. ARI - Air Conditionins and Refriseration
1-
I
t.
B.
l.l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t.2
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruc tio n Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 01400-1
SECTION OI42O
19. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers20. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
2l . ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers22. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials23. AWI - The Architectural Woodwork Institute24. AWPA - American Wood-Preservers' Association25. AWPB - American Wood-Preservers Bureau
26. AWS - American Welding Society
27 . AWWA- America Water Works Association28. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers
29. BIA - Brick Institute of America
30. CE - Corps of Engineers
31. CFR- Code of Federal Regulations
32. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
33. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission34. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
35. CS - Commercial Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)36. CTI - Ceramic Tile Institute
37 . DHI - Door and Hardware Institute
38. DOT - Department of Transportation
39. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association40. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency41. FCC - Federal Communications Commission42. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute
43. FDA - Food and Drug Administration44. FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association45. FM - Factory Mutual System
46. FS - Federal Specification (General Services Administration)
47 . GA - Gypsum Association
48. GSA - General Services Administration49. HI - Hydronics Institute
50. HMA - Hardwood Manufacturers Association
51 . HPVA - Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association52. IEEE - Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc.53. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America54. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association55. MIA - Marble Institute of America56. MIL - Military Standardization Documenrs (U.S. Department of Defense)57. MIL - Military Specification58. TTAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers59. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association60. NCRPM - National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
6l . NEC - National Electrical Code (By NFPA)62. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association63. NESC - National Electrical Safety Codc64. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association65. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association66. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association
67 . NTMA - Nation al Terrazz.o and Mosaic Association68. NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association69. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Hcalth Administration70. PCA - Portland Cement Association
'7 | . PCI - Prestressed Concrete Institute'72. PDI - Plumbing and Drainagc Institute73. PS - US Product Standard
REFERENCES I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENT'ER
C onstruction Doc uments
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 01400-2
I SECTrON01420 REFERENCES
I 74. SDI - Steel Deck InstituteI --\ 75. S.D.I. - Steel Door Institute
76. SFPA - Southern Forest Products Association
I 77 . SGCC - Safery Glazing Certification Council
I 78. SIGMA - Sealed lnsulating Class Manufacturers Association79. SJI - Steel Joist Institute
I 80. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
I 8l. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureaur 82. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Institure83. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council
I 84. TCA - Tile Council of America
t 85. TPI - Truss Plare Insrirute
86. UBC - Uniform Building Code (International Conference of Building Officials) and the City and
County of Denver Amendments to the UBC.
I 87. UL - Underwriters Laboratoriesr 88. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules)89. WHI - Warnock Hersey International
I 90. WWPA - Western Wood Producrs Association (Crading Rules)
I
f ENDOFSECTIONOI42O
I
---
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL C ENTER
C o nstruc tio n Doc u rne nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
HLM 98007r-04 01400-3
I s*CrroNorsoo TEMPOMRY FACIUTIES AND CONTROI^S
I sECTroN 01500 - TEMpoRARy FAcrLrrrES AND coNTRoLSI^
I PARTI -GENERAL
I
- l.l SUMMARY
r A. Temporary Utilities.
I B. Temporary Conrols.I C. TemporaryFacilities.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
I A. Use of Site - Section 0l 100.r
B. Storage of Materials - Section 01600.
I C. Selective Demolition - Section 01732.
I D. Cleaning - Section 01740.
I
I.3 PROJECTIDENTIFICATION
I' -" ' A. Provide projcct sign that complies with local regulations, of exterior grade plywood with medium density
overlay and wood frame construction, painted, with lettering by professional sign painter to theI Architect's design and colors.
I B. List title of project, names of the Owner, the Architect, Architect's Consultants, the Contractor,
I Mechanical Subcontractor, and Electrical Subcontractor and other project team members as the Owner
I sPecifies.
C. Erect on site at location designated by the Owner.
I D. No other signs are allowed except those required by law or approved by the Owner and Architect.
I t.4 CONTRACTOR'S BUILDTNGS
A. The building of temporary structures will be permitted only at such places as approved by the Owner andI Architect.t
I I.5 TEMPORARYOFFICES
I A. Providc and maintain lemporary field office during entire construction period. Shell space and utilities
for field office will bc provided by the Owner.
t
l-
HLM e80071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc u me nts
15 October 2001
I
01500-r
1.6
SECTION Ol5OO TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
A.
B.
c.
TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATION SERVICE
Telephone and facsimile services for Construction Managers use will be provided by the Owner.
Provide electronic mail service in Contractor's field office including necessary Internet service,
computer, modem and software.
TEMPORARYWATER
Temporary water system required for completion of Work will be provided by the Owner.
Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout project site by use of hoses.
Provide hoses for conveyance.
TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
Provide temporary electrical connections service required for completion of project. Electrical utility
service will be provided by the Owner.
Provide necessary temporary wiring for distribution.
Provide adequate artificial temporary lighting for areas of work when natural light is not adequate for
work, and for areas accessible to public.
TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to
facilitate progess of Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for installation of materials, and to
protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.
Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse
humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations ofdust, fumes, vapors or gases.
Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls.
Pay costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal, and pay costs for fuel consumed.
Operate permanent system only as required for testing and balancing except that pennanent equipment
may be used for final dry out only after dust producing operations are complete. Mechanical engineer of
record shall evaluate when dust-producing operations are complete, and recommend the time at which
permanent mechanical system may be used. Use of permanent system shall not affect wananty period,
which shall start at final acceptance of all Work.
Provide construction filters for permanent systems until final acceptance of Work.
SANITARY FACILITIES
B.
c.
D.
E.
VA I L VA LLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc uments
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
B.
1.7
1.8
B.
c.
1.9
F.
l.l0
HLM 980071-04 0r 500-2
t SECTION OL'OO TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Install adequate temporary chemical toilets at time Work is commenced. Do not use toilets in existing
Building unless specifically agreed to by owner. If existing facilities are approved for use, Contractor is
responsible for service, cleaning and maintaining those facilities.
Maintain facilities in compliance with applicable health laws and regulations. Keep in clean and sanitary
condition.
Upon completion of Work, remove temporary sanitary facilities.
New building facilities may not be used during any portion of the construction period, unless specifically
agreed to by Owner and Architect.
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
Furnish and maintain temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks and chutes as
required for proper execution of Work.
Such apparatus, equipment and construction shall meet requirements of applicable Federal, State and
Local Safety and Labor Laws.
Only one of the permanent elevators may be used for temporary construction purposes and shall be
provided with a temporary enclosure to protect finishes from damage. This enclosure does not n€gate the
requirement for protective covering as described in Section 14240. Any such enclosure shall be turned
over to the Owner upon Final Completion. Any damage to the elevator and/or it's finishes during
construction shall be repaired by the Construction Manager to the Architect's and Owner's satisfaction.
GUARDRAILS, BARRICADES AND TEMPORARY COVERINCS
Provide guardrails, handrails, and covers for floor; roof and wall openings; and stairways; all in
accordance with applicable Safety Laws.
Provide barricades as required to protect natural resources, existing site features, existing buildings,
adjacent property and passers-by.
At completion of construction, remove guardrails and barricades.
Provide suitable temporary watertight coverings over windows, doors, harchways and other openings as
required to protect interior work from inclement weather.
CONSTRUCTION FENCES/BARRIERS
Provide and maintain construction fences where required to ensure site protection and safery.
Provide chainlink or woven wire fence with stcel posts and gares.
48" high, orange polyethylene, open mesh fencing supported with steel posts as rcquircd.
Maintain fences until completion ofproject, then remove and restore surfaces.
l.ll
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.13
A.
B.
t.12
B.
c.
D.
C.
D.
I.I4 EXTERIOR PROTECTION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns truc tia n Doc urne nts
I5 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 01500-3
SECTION O15OO
l.l5
A.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROIS I
c.
r.l6
A.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
tII
I
I
I
l.
2.
3.
B.
Provide temporary, insulated, weather-tight closure of extcrior openings to accommodate acceptable
working conditions and protection for stored and installed materials and products, to allow for temporary
heating and maintenance of rcquired ambient temperatures identified in individual specifications, and to
prcvent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access door with self-closing hardware and locks.
INTERIOR ENCLOSURES
Provide temporary partitions and ceilings to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent
penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials,
products and equipment.
Construction: Framing and gypsum board sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at
intersections with existing surfaces; STC rating of 35 in accordance with ASTM E-90 with maximum
Flame Spread Rating of25 in accordance with ASTM E-84.
Paint surfaces exposed to view from Owner occupied areas (color to be selected by Owner/Architect).
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to
site.
Consult with Architect, and remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with construction.
Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts.
Provide temporary barriers, 6 ft. high, around each trec, or around each group of trees and plants.
Protect root zones (drip line) oftrees and plants;
l. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking.
2. Do not store materials or products.
3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.
4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water.
E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations, ro prcvent
damage.
F. Replace existing trees and plants designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to
construction oDerations.
1.17 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Install and maintain temporary fire-protection lacilities. Comply wirh NFPA 24 I .
Provide lire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safc locations.
Maintain unobstructcd access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-protection
facilities, stairways, and other access routcs fbr fire fighting. Prohibit smoking.
Permancnt Fire Protection: At earliest feasible datc in cach area of Project, complete installation ol'
permanent fire-protection facility, including connected serviccs, and place into operation and use.
Instruct key personnel on use of facilitics.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n Doc ume nts
15 Octuber 2001
HLM 980071-04 01500-4
I sECrroN orsoo TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROI,S
I 5. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prcvention and tirst aid fire-protection program forI -r personnel at Projict site in accordance with governing regulations.
I l.r8 PARKING FACTLTTTES
I A. Restrict parking ofconstruction personnel vehicles to areas designated by Owner.
r B. Do not allow construction vehicle parking on completed new paving, except as otherwise approved by
Owner.
I
I.I9 ACCESS ROADS
I A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve construction areas.
B. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow.
I C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.
I D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering public streets.
I E. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic, if prior approval is obtained from
Owner.
! F. Maintain existing and new roads and walks used in the progress of this work, both within the limits of the
Site and the adjacent areas leading to it, open to travel and in clean condition. Failure to maintain on-site
roads and sidewalks will result in Owner's cleaning of same in the most expedient manner with costs
deducted from Contract sum.
I PARr2-pRoDUcrs
NOT APPLICABLEI
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I NorAppLrcABLE
I ENDoFSECrroNorsoo
I
I
I
l-
I
UAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructia n Doc um e nts
15 October 2001
HLM 98007r-04 01500-5
I s'CrroNor6oo
I sEcrroN 01600 - pRoDUcr REeuTREMENTS
PRODACT REQUIREMENTS
I PART I-cENERAL
I
- 1.1 SIIMMARY
r A. Material and equipment incorporated into Work:
I l. Conform to applicable specifications and standards.I 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by
Architect.
I 3. Manufactured and fabricated products.
I a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with recognized industry standards.b. Manufacture like parts ofduplicate units to standud sizes and gages, to be interchangeable.c. Two or more items of same kind shall be identical, by same manufacturer.I d. Products suitable for service conditions.e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless
variations are specifically approved in writing.
'l B. Do not use material or equipment for purposes other than that for which it is designed or is specified.
I 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
l---' A. Conditions of the Contracr - Subparagraphs 3.4.1,3.4.2,and 3.12.6.I
B. Summary of Work - Section 01 100.
I C. Products under Allowances - Section 01210.r
D. Alterations Proiect Procedures - Section 01355.
I E. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - Section 01330.
I F. Cleaning - Secrion 01740
Ir G. Operating and Maintenance Data - Section 01780.
I 1.3 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL
I A. Except as specifically indicated or specified in Section 01355, materials and equipment removed from
I existing structure shall not be used in completed Work.
B. For material and equipment specilically indicated or specified to be reused in Work.
I l. Use special care in removal, handling, storagc and reinstallation, to assure proper function in
completed Work.
I
HLM 980071.04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 01600-1
Construction Doc ume nts
I 15 October20Ol
I
SECTION O1600 PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS
Arrange ftrr transportation, storage and handling of products which require off-site storage, restoration or
renovation. Pay costs for such work.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed
instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in installation, including
two copies to Architect.
l. Maintain one set of complete instructions at jobsite during installation and until completion.
Z. Submit Architect's copies with appropriate Product Data subrnittal.
Handlc, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in
conformity with specified requirements.
L Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult
with Architect for further instructions.
2. Do not procced with work without clear instructions.
Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit preparatory steps or installation
procedures unless speciFrcally modified or exempted by Contract Documents.
I.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with
work, conditions at site, and normal Owner operations.
l. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging,
with identi$ing labels intact and legible.
2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents and reviewed submittals, and that products are properly protected and undamaged.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products
or packaging.
1.6 STORAGEOFMATERIALS
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges
required by manufacturer's instructions.
B. Maintain enclosures in good condition, and remove at complction of Work.
C. Provide substantial platforms, blocking or skids to support fabricated products abovc ground.
D. Cover products, subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure, with impervious sheet coverings.
Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degrading of product.
E. Store loose granular materials on solid surl'accs in a wcll-drained area;
c.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
1.4
B.
C,
matter.
HLM 980071-04
prevent mixing with foreign
01600-2VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
t slcrroN or6oo PRODUCT REQAIRDMENTS
I F. Store materials on site unless otherwise approved by Owner.I
G. Do not use building as storage facility unless approved by Owner.
I H. Provide additional storage at no cost to Owner in the event that additional storage area is required beyond
that providcd by project site.
I I. Anange stored materials to provide easy access for insp€ction.I
I r,7 pRoDUcr oprroNs AND suBsrrrurloNs
I A. Product Definitions.
I l. Products: The term "product" as used in the Project Manual includes materials, equipment, and
systems.
2. Named Products: Identihcation of products by naming a model number and manufacturer.
I 3. Standard Quality:I
a. Where products are specified by naming model number(s) and manufacturer(s) only, the
I named products establish a standard ofquality.I b
xiT:.o.;,*1'fl"iff:,'*:i3l ?f"'TI# ht'."fiiffff*.'$,il',Hl#hHT
reference standard establishes a standard of quality.
I B. Listed or Named Manufacturers:
I
* l. Manufacturers listed or named in a product or system specification are those manufacturers
t , considered capable of manufacturing products conforming to the specification requirements.
2. The "listing" or "naming" of a manufacturer does not imply "acceptance" or "approval" of any
I 3. ##[?lT:t""t ":i*#T#:]:hrers proposed for use shal be comparabre to or the same inI all respccts to specified make or model number designation of named products and shall meet or
exceed specifi cation requirements.
I C. Product Options
r l. Products specified only by Reference Standards or only by Description: any product meeting
I those standards or descriptions, by any manufacturer.I 2. Products specified by narning several products or manufacturers: any product and manufacturer
nameo.
I 3. Products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer: no option, unless a substitution
I is acccpted. Submit a Request for Substitution for any product or manufacturer not spccifically
named. Substitutions will only be considered if Construction Manager can adequately prove to
Architect that the substitution's specification meets or exceeds specified product. Cost savings or
I ili;.lJ];|;Tl[TH,:1** identified. Any substitution request that does not include this
4. Products specified byiaming one or more products and listing or naming other manufacturers:
I Sclcct any named product or a product ofa listed or named manufacturer which mects
I specification requircments and standard ofquality established by the "named" base product.
a. Contract Documents arc based on use of "named" base products.
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc uments
15 October 2001l:
I
HLM 980071-04 01600-3
SBCTION O1600 PRODACT REQUIREMENTS
b. Proposed products of listed or named manufacturers that do not meet the specification
requirements ofthe "named" base product(s) will not be considered unless a Request for
Substitution of the proposed product has been accepted by Architect in accordance with
requirements of Contract Documents.
c. By using a product other than the "named" base product, Contractor represents that he will
be responsible for adjuslments to lit product to Work and for providing additional work,
cquipment, and services rcquircd by use ofproduct, at no additional cost.
5. Products specified by Description, Reference Standard and naming several products or
manufacturers: Any product and manufacturer named meeting those descriptions, standards and
specification requirements. Submit a Request for Substitution for any product or manufacturer not
specifically named.
6. Ifcolors, patterns and textures ofa "named" product are specified, Architect reserves right to
require substitution products or products of a named manufacturer other than "named" product to
match color, pattern and texture of specified "named" product.
7 . Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample,
fumish a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and matches Architect's
sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.
8. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from
manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar ph'rase, furnish a product (and manufacturer)
that complies with other specified requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from
manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the pltase "full range of colors, patterns,
textues" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from
manufacturer's product linc that includes both standard and prcmium items.
9. Custom Color Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase 'tustom color and pattern",
furnish a product that complies with other specified requirements and matches Architect's custom
color and pattern.
Substitutions During Bidding
1. During Bidding, Instructions to Bidders govern times for submitting requests for substitutions
under requirements specified in this Section.
Substitutions After Execution of Contract
Within 30 days after date of Contract, Architect will consider witten rcqucsts from Contractor for
substitutions of products in place of those specified. Subsequent requests will be considered only
in case of product unavailability or other conditions beyond control of Contractor.
Substitutions will not be considered when indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data
submittals without separate formal request, when requested directly by subcontractor or supplier,
or when acccptancc will require substantial revision ol Contract Documents.
Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without writtcn acccptancc.
Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. If substirution is not
accepted, Contractor shall provide specified product.
Architect will determine acccptability of substitutions.
Accepted substitutions shall be in accordance with a Change Order.
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.
D.
3.
A
:)_
6.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construc tio n Docume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 0r600-4
I
I
I
I
t
I
l"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION O1600 PRODACT REQUIREMENTS
Requests for Substitutions:
l. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Document each request with complete data
substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents.
Identify product by Specification Section and Article numb€rs. Provide manufacturer's name and
address, trade name, and model or catalog number.
List product description, performance and test data and applicable reference standards.
List namc and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation.
Give itemized comparison of qualities of proposed substitution with specified product.
State changes required in other elements of Work because of substitution.
State effect on consFuction schedule.
List availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials.
Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product, and amount of net change
to Contract Sum.
Contractor's Representation: Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor.
l. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to
specified product.
Will provide same warranties for substitution as for product specified.
Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, and make
F.
G.
I
I
I 2.
3.
may be required for Work to be complete in all respects.4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, related
subsequently becomes apparent.
such other changes as
to substitution which
I.8 SUBSTITUTIONSUBMITTALPROCEDI,JRES
A. Submit 3 copies ofeach Request for Substitution.
B. Architect will review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
C. During Bidding, Architect will record acceptable substitutions in Addenda.
D. Form of Acceptance:
l. Bidding: Request for Substitution Form and Addenda.2. After Execution of Contract: Request for Substitution Form and Change Order if applicable.
E. For accepted products, submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples in accordance with Section
01330.
PART2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 . EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION OI6OO
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01600-5
I sECrroNorToo EXECATION REQAIREMENTS
1-^..
SECTIoN 0t700 - EXECUTIoN REeUIREMENTS
PART I - CENERAL
I I,I SUMMARY
I A. Examination and Preparation.I
B. Field Engineering
f C. Starting and Adjusting.
D. Conection of the Work.
I E. Protection.
I r.2 RELATED SECTTONS
A. General Conditions - Paragraph 3.2.1.
I B. Alterations Project Procedures - 01355.
I C. Cutting and Patching - Section 01731.
I D. Cleanins - Section 01740.
| "-. PART2-PRODUCTS (NOTAPPLTCABLE)
I PART3-ExECurroNt
3,I EXAMINATION
r A. Existing Conditions and Utilities: The existcnce and location of site improvements, underground and
other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed.
f l. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,
2ilff*T*il*:1",'"'::';ff ilffi #:xTffi',fl.J:ff :'"Tlffi i:iil;::;"i.".
I B. Unknown Utilities Procedures
I l. If unknown and uncharted utilities are encountercd during excavation, promptly notify Architect.
I 2. If it is determined that such utility line has been abandoned, properly cap line at a depth approved
r 3. iii:"ffii::ilHi*"#:T::""X,0J,*':l'i"i** is conrinued so as ro damage discovered
I utilities, Contractor shall repair damage at no cost to Owner.r 4. Changes required in Work due to discovery of unknown, underground utilities or obstructions will
be compensated for in accordance with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract.
HLM 98OO7I-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER O17OO.1
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
f 15 October 2001
I
SECTIONOITOO EXECUTIONREQUIREMENTS I
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, for compliance with requirements
for installation toleranccs and other conditions affecting performance. Report to Architect those non- I
complying conditions that can not bc corrccted by normal preparatory work.
3.2 PREPARATION I
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances tocated in or I
affected by construction.
B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others I
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only afler arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated.
l . Noti! Owner not less than l0 working days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. I
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck I
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
consfuction, veri$ dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. f
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. I
3.3 FIELD ENGINEERING
I
A. Requirementslncluded
l. Verifying existing grades, utilities and site appurtenances indicated on Drawings. I2. Establishing and maintaining bench marks and reference lines.
3. Laying out buildings and appurtenances.
4. Laying out site improvements.
5. Final property survey. I
B. Quality Criteria
l. Surveyor: Contractor shall engage a registered land surveyor registered in the State in which f
Project is located, acceptable to Owner, to provide field engineering servrces, or
2. iield. Engineer: Provide a trained field engineer capable of providing specified field engineering
services. I
3. Initial services shall include the followins:
a. Establish permanent bench marks outside building lines. Establish and maintain two bench I
marks, located on the project site, as widely scparated as possible.
b. Veri fy locations and levels of adjacent buildings and appurtenances.
c. Verify battcr boards at building corners.
d. Verify utility locations, including ncw construction and existing active and inactive utilities I
prior to construction. Verify location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water service piping. te. Verify outside building lines to cnsurc correct position ol'buildings and appurtenances on I
project site. Make required surveys to fix and verify foundation locations and clcvations,
column centerlincs, walls, pits and trenches.
T
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Do c um e nts
15 October 2001 I
I
HLM 98007r-04 01700-2
EXECATION RESU I REMENTS
I f. Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill andI '. topsoil placement, utility slopes and invert elevations.
ll 4. During construction, periodically check layouts, equipment locations, lines, levels and grades.
r 5. After foundations are complete, provide a verificalion survey indicating location of exterior walls
and elevations of tops of footings.
I 6. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey indicating significant features (real
property) of the Work. Include on survey a certification, signed by surveyor, to effcct that
principal lines and levels ofproject are accurately positioned as shown on survey.
I
3.4 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
I A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm prop€r operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units, and retest.
I B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper
operation.
l C. Test each piece of equipment to veriry proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replacer damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
I 3.5 CORRECTION OFTIIEWORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply
with requiremenc in Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with
matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their original or specified condition.
I C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without
visible evidenci of reoair.
I 3.6 PROTECTION
I A. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points, if disturbed or destroyed, replace as
I directed.
- B. Protect cxisting adjacent streets, paving, curbs, and buildings.
I C. Protect existing on-sitc facilities and features, including utility lines, grading, paving and lantlscaping.
I D. After materials, equipment and machinery are installed, properly protect work to prevent damage from
I subsequent operations. Remove protections whcn no longer needed, prior to completion of Work.
I E. Providc coverings to protect finished surfaces from damage.
I
I sECrroNorToo
l-
I
VAIL UALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Cowtructian Documents
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 01700-3
SECTION OITOO EXEC UTI O N REQA I REM ENTS
l. Cover projections, wall corners, and jambs, sills and soffits of openings subject to damage by
subsequent work.
2. Protect finished floors and stairs from dirt and damage.
F. Prohibit use of waterproofed and roofed surfaces for construction traffic and storage of materials.
C. Keep building entirely waterproof at all times after roof is completed.
H. Damage to existing facilities and site improvements resulting from construction operations shall be
repaired by Contracor without cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION O17OO
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n Doc a me nts
15 October 2(MI
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 98M71.04 01700-4
I SECT|ON0tT3t
l__.-. sEcrIoN 01731 - currlNc AND pArcHINc
I
PARr I -GENERAL
. I.I SUMMARY
r A. Procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
I r.z RELATED sECrroNS
I A. Ceneral Conditions - Paragraphs 3.14 and 12.1.
rr B. Alterations Project Procedures - Section 01355.
I C. Selective Demolition - 01732.
CATTINGAND PATCHING
D. Firestopping for patching fire-rated consrruction - Section 784 -
f E. Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of
the Work; Specification section for that work.
r 1.3 scoPE
A. Execute cutting including excavating, fitting and patching required to complete Work or to:
l. Make several parts fit properly.
I 2. Uncover portions of Work to provide for installation of out of scquence Work.
I 3. Rcmove and replace delbctive work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to rcquircments of Contract Documents,
5. Remove samples of inslalled work as specified for testing.
I 6. Provide penetrations of non-structural surfaces for instaliation ofpiping and conduit.
I
B. In addition to other contract requirements, upon written instructions of Architect:
I l. Uncover work to provide for Architect observation of covered work.r 2. Remove samples of installed matcrials for testing.
3. Remove work to provide for alteration of completed work.
I C. Do not cut inlo or cut away structural members nor excavate beneath foundations or load bearing
structures without notification, and approval from Architect.
I
I D. Do not cut into or cut away masonry elements or structurcs without notilication, and approval fromIArchltect.
I E. Obtain writtcn pcrmission of separate contractor whose work will be affected by proposed cuttlng andI oatchins.
r 1.4 SUBMTTTALS
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 0r731-I
SECTION OI73I CUTTINGAND PATCHING I
Submit written notice to Architect a minimum of l0 working days in advance of executing cutting which
aflbcts:
l. Work ol Owner or any separate contractor.
2. Structural integrity of Work, cutting concrete and steel structural members, cutting masonry
elements.
3. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements.
4. Efficiency, operation or maintenance of operational equipment.
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed clemcnts.
Request shall include:
l. Identification of Project, description of affected work, necessity for cutting, effect on other Work,
effect on structural integrity ofproject, description of proposed work. Designate:
a. Scope ofcutting and patching.
b. Trades to execute work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing.
e. Proposed schedule for cutting and patching.
2. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
Should conditions of Work, or schedule, indicate change of materials or methods, submit written
recomrnendation to Architect, including:
l. Conditions indicating change.
2. Recommendations for altemative materials or methods.
3. Submittals as required for substitutions as specified in Section 01600.
Submit written notice l0 working days in advance to Architect designating time work will bc uncovered
to provide for observation requested by Architect or regulatory agency ofjurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
For replacement of work removed, comply with Specifications for each specific product involved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine existing conditions of Work, including elements subject to movomcnt or damage during cutting
and patching, and during excavation and backfilling.
Alier uncovering work, examine conditions affecting installation of new products, or performance of
work.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
B.
2.1
3.1
HLM 980071-04 01731-2
I sECrroNorT3r CUTTING AND PATCHING
I C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrccted.t--
I f .2 PREPARATIONrA. Provide temporary shoring, bracing and support to maintain structural integrity of affected portion of
Work.
t B. Providc protection lbr other portions of Work.
I C. Provide protcction from elements for portion of Work which may be exposed by cutting and patching,
I and maintain excavations free of watcr.
I 3.3 PERFORMANCE
I
A. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified
I products, funciions, tolcrances and finishes.
I
B. Execute cutting by methods which will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to
I receive installation of repairs and new work.
-r l. Neatly cut and remove materials, and prepare openings to receive new work.
s 2. Remove masonry or concrete in small sections.
I 3. Provide shoring, bracing, and other supports to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse ofI remaining or adjacent wall arcas, structure, or facilities.
4. Arrange shoring, bracing, and supports to prevent overloading of structure.
I C. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent damage to other work and will prevent
- - '' settlement.
I D. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordI with requirements of Contract Documents.
I E. Refinish sight-exposed surfaces to provide specified uniform finish to match adjacent finishes.
I l. Continuous Surfaces: To nearest intersections.2. Assembly: Entire rcfinishing.
I F. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces.
I G. At pcnetrations of fire-rated construction, completely seal voids with firestopping materials in accordance
I with Section 07841.
I 3.4 CLEAN UPI
A. Remove debris, rubbish, and materials resulting from cutting and patching operations.
I B. Transport materials and legally dispose ofoffsite.
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001I
I
HLM 980071-04 01731-3
SECTION OI73I
END OF SECTION 01731
CATTINGAND PATCHING
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01731-4
I sECrroNorT32
l'--.- sEcrroN 01732 - sELEcrrvE DEMoLrrroN
I pARr r -.ENERAL
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
I l.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I other Division i Specilication Sections, apply to this Section.I
I 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the followine:
I l. Demolition and removal of"s"l""t"d portions of a building or structure.I 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elcments.3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.
t B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division I Section "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements.
I 2. Division I Section "Work Restrictions" for restrictions on use of the premises due to Owner or
3. ;ffi:i""fiT:fiYon "con.t u.tion Progress Documentation" for preconstruction phorographs raken
I before selective demolition.
I 4. Division I Section "Photographic Documentation" for preconstruction photographs taken before
I t ftftti# i"H:ttt:l "Temporary Faclities and controls" for remporary consrruction and
I environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.r 6. Division I Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for sclective
demolition operations.
I 7 . Division 15 Sections for demolishing, cuning, patching, or relocating mechanical items.
I 8. Division 16 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.
I I.3 DEFINITIONSI
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated
I to be removetl and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
I B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for
- rcuse.
- C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall
them whcre indicated.
I D. Existing to Rcmain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise
indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removcd and reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALSOWNERSHIP
l* HLM 980071-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 01232-I
I Construction Documents
15 October 2001
II
SECTION 01732
C.
2.
J.
5.
6.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
E.
1.5
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to
remain C)wner'.s property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed
from Project site.
l. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, conunemorative plaqucs and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to
Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully
remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to
Owner.
SUBMIT'TALS
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Proposed Dust-Control and Noise-Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the
measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify
options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the followins:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for
each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are unintemrpted.
Interruption of utility services.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
Use of elevator and stairs.
Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
coordination of owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing buitding and of owner's
partial occupancy of completed Work.
F.
Inventory: After selective dcmolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and
salvaged.
Pre-demolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective
demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastcs by a landfill facility liccnsed to
accept hazardous wastes.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in
matcrial and cxtcnt to that indicatcd for this Proiect.
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division I Section "Quality Requirements."
C. Regulatory Requirements: Compty with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Standards: Conrply with ANSI A I 0.6 and NFPA 24 I .
HLM 98OO7I-04 VAII,VALLEY MEDICALCENTER
C o nstructio n D oc um e nts
15 October 2001
01732-2
I sECrroN 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
I E. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
I - Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination."
I t.7 PROJECTCONDTTTONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective dcmolition area. Conduct
I selective demolition so Owner's operatio;s will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to
I Owner of activities that will affect Owncr's operations.
I B. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
r l. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written
I
pcrmission from authorities having jurisdiction.
I C. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
I l. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far
I as practical.
2. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the followine items:
r " ffi':a:ht;:i'ffi;i'J#lii; ill,ll#ill;or6anv
orher museum possessions that mav
I D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.r 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a
separate contract.
I E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
I F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations.
l. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
I I.8 WARRANTY
I A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair matcrials and surfaces cut or damaged during
I selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
I PART2-PRoDUCrsI
I 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS
I A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
I l. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot he used for exposed surfaccs, usc materials thatI visually match existing adjacent surlaces to the fullest extent possible.
. - HLM 980071-04 VATLVALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 01732_3I """'r:y,J?Jcuments
II
I
3.1
SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that ofexisting materials.
Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
Survey existing conditions and correlatc with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and
salvaged.
When unanticipated mechanical, elecrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or
design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a
written report to Architect.
Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any
element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent
structures during selective demolition operadons.
Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
UTILITY SERVICES
Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during
selective demolition operations.
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by
Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing
utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide at least 72 hours'notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover.
Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to
be selectively demolished.
l. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.
2. Arrangc to shut off indicated utilitics with utility companies.
3. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with
selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that
maintain continuity of service to other parts ol'building.
Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
Rel'er to Division l5 and l6 Sections lbr shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or
capping utilities.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstru c tio tt D o c ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
5.
B.
A.
B.
c.
D.
F.
3.2
A.
B.
HLM 980071-04 01732-4
I SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PREPARATION
Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases,
explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition
operauons.
Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
l. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and
from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing
construction on exterior surfaces and ncw construction, to prevent water leakagc and damagc to
structure and interior areas.
Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed
during selective demol ition op€rations.
Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and
similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated
temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing
requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and
dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and
prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or
uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
l. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
POLLI/TION CONTROLS
Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust
and dirt. Comply with governing environmenlal-protection regulations.
l. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable
conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.
2. Wct mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition
enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.
Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
l. Remove debris from elevated portions ofbuilding by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey
debris to srade level in a controlled descent.
UAIL UALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onslructio n D o c u me nts
I5 October 2001
l.3.3
B.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
J.+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
J.
4.
D.
HLM 9EOO7I-M 01732-5
SECTION 01732
C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective I
dcmolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations I
besan.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construotion only to the extent required by new construction and I
as indicated. Use methods required to complctc thc Work within limitations of governing regulations and r
as follows:
l. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective I
demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next
lower level,
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cuuing I
methods least likcly to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools r
or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize
disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. I3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing I
finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, I
such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting Iflame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cuning -
operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. I6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly I
dispose of off-site.
. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by rnethod suitable to avoid free fall and I
to prevent ground impact or dust generation. I.,-./ 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose !
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. I10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before I
selective demolition operations began.
B. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting elevators, I
stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during selective demolition r
operations.
C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during I
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected
storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective I
demolition operations are complete. I
D. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 314 inch (19 mm) at iunctures
with construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislod-ge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter Iof arcas bcing demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for I
selective demolition. Neatly trim opcnings to dimensions indicated.
E. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than can bc covcrcd in one day by new rooling. Ref'er to Iapplicable Division 7 Section for new roofing requirements.
3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
,. HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 Oclober 2001
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I
I
01732-6
I
I
I
l_
I
I
I
I
I
t*
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t-'
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations.
Patching: Comply with Division I Section "Cutting and Patching."
Repairs: Whcre repairs to existing surfaces are rcquired, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials.
L Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an
approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written
recommendations.
Finishes: Restore cxposed frnishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construcrion in
a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another,
patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish
color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials,
if neccssary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
l. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with
installation requiremenrs specified in other Sections bf these Specifications.2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch
and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats
until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
3. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate inte$ity of
installation.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate
on-site.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION OI?32
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CE NTER
C o nstruc tio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2(MI
SECTION 01732
B.
C.
D.
I
I
F.
J.I
B.
c.
I
HLM 980071-04 01732-7
I @ tu,CLEANING
I sECTroNorT4o- cLEANTNct^
I PARTI -cENERAL
I
r l.l SUMMARY
' A. Progress cleaning during construction.
I B. Final cleaning at completion of Work.I
I 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
r A. Gcneral Conditions - Paragraph 3.15.
I B. Cleaning up required for specific Products or work; Specification Section for that work.I
I I.3 DESCRIPTION
!A. Execute periodic cleaning during construction to prevent accumulations of waste materials.
I B. Execute final cleaning prior to inspection for substantial completion of each designated portion of ther Work.
r.---
I ., 1.4 REGIJLATORYREQUIREMENTS
I A. Fire Protection: Store volatile waste in covered melal containers and remove from prernises daily.
r B. Pollution Control: Conduct clean-up and disposal op€rations to comply with local codes, ordinances and
anti-pollution laws.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS
t A. Use only cleaning materials which will not crcate hazards to health or property and which will not- damage surfaces.
I B. Use only those cleaning materials recommendetl by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.
I C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommcnded by cleaning material manufacturer.
I
I PARr3-EXECUTToN
I - HLMe8007I-04
I
VAIL VALLEY M ED I CAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
01740-I
SECTION OI74O CLBANING
3.I CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute periodic clcaning to keep Work, site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and debris, resulting from construction operations.
B. At not less than every week during progress of Work, clean up site and access and legally dispose of
waste materials, rubbish and debris away liom site.
Provide on-site dump containers for collection of waste materials, rubbish and debris.
Do not allow waste materials, rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous
condition.
Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw
materials from heights.
Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or rcmote
spaces, prior to closing the space.
Sprinkle dusty debris with water.
Broom clean and damp mop hard surfaces after removing dusty debris.
Vacuum clean interior building areas prior to start of finish painting and continue vacuum clcaning on an
as needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy.
Control cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants will not adhere to wet or newly painted
surfaces.
FINAL CLEANING
In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other sections, clean interior and exterior sight
exposed surfaces.
Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
Remove grease, mastics, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from
sight exposed interior and exterior surfaces and finishes.
Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes.
Remove waste, debris, and surplus material liom site. Clean grounds; remove stains, spills and foreign
substances from paved areas. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication.
Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition.
Clean light fixtures and lamps.
Ventilating System:
l. Clean permancnt flltcrs and rcplacc disposable filters if units wcrc opcratcd during construction.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Docume nts
l5 October 2001
C.
D.
B.
c.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
-', . z
F.
G.
H.
I.
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
HLM 980071-04 01740-2
I sEcrroN ol74o ,LEANTNG
I
2. Clean ducts, blowers and coils free ofdirt and dust.
J. Wash and polish glazing and minors.
t K. Vacuum carpeted floor areas.
I L. Replace waste, foreign matter and debris from roofs, gutters, area ways and drainage systems.
I M. Prior to Substantial Completion inspection, conduct an examination of sight-exposed interior and exterior
surfaces, and all work arsm, to verify that entire Work is clean. Maintain cleaning until Substantial
I Completion.
I
t
END OF SEcrroN 01740
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a - HLM 980071-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTERI ""^';:"f::;?:,cuments
I
l-*
01740-3
CO NTRACT CLOSEOUT PROC EDU R ES
I SECTIoN 01770 - coNTRACT cI-osEour pRocEDUREsI-\
I
PARI I -cENERAL
I l.l SUMMARY
r A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrativc
procedures in closing out the Work.
I
_ 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
I A. Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements - Conditions of the
Contract.
I B. Partial Owner Occupancy - Section 0l 100.I
C. Allowances - Section 01210.
I D. Final Cleaning - Section 01740
r E. Contract Closeout Submittals - Section 1780.
T F. Operation and Maintenance Materials - Section 01785.
C. Warranties, bonds and closeout submittals rcquircd for specific products or work - Respective
Specification Sections for that work.
I 1.3 SUBSTANTTAL COMPLETTON
A. When Contractor considers Work is substantially complete, he shall submit to Architect:
I l. A written notice that Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete.2. A list of items to be completed or conected prior to final payment, the value of items on the list,
I and reasons why the Work is not complete.
I 3. Evidence ofcompliance with requirements of governing authorities.4. Certifications of mechanical systems and testing/balancing final reports.
I B. Within 5 working days after receipt of such notice, Architect will either make an inspection to determinc! status of completion or notify Con[actor of unfulfilled requirements.
I C. Should Architect determine rhat Work is not substantially complete.
I l. Architect will promptly notify Contractor in writing, giving reasons therefore.
2. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work, and send second *ritten notice of substantial
completion to Architect.
3. Architect will re-insoect Work.
I sBCrroNorzTo
I HLM s'ooTr-,4
t"
I
t
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruction Do c ume nts
15 October 2(NI
01770-1
SECTION OI77O I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l.
2.
J.
i
5.
D.
B.
t.4
CO NT RACT C LOSEOUT PROC EDA RES
When Architect and Owner concur that Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete:
I . Architect will:
a. Sign a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 prepared by the
Construction Manager, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or
corrected, as verified and amended by Architect.b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities
assigned to them in the Certificate.
2. Contractor shall:
a. Make final changeover of permanent locks, and deliver keys and one copy of keying
schedule to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.b. Submit Project Record Documents, Operating and Maintenance Data, and Warranties and
Certificates as specified.
c. Schedule Facility Start-Up demonstrates and instructions with Owner's personnel as
specified.
d. Remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and
similar elements.
e. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form C704.
FINAL COMPLETION
When Contractor considers Work is complete, he shall:
Make final changeover of permanent locks, and deliver keys and one copy of keying
schedule to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
Submit Project Record Documents, operating and Maintenance Data, and warranties and
Certificates as specified.
Schedule Facility Start-Up demonstrations and instructions with Owner's personnel as specified.
Remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar
elements.
6. Submit written certifications of systems and testing/balancing final reports.
7 . Submit written certification that:
a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
b. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.c. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
d. Submit copy of Substantial Completion "Punch List" as prepared by Architcct, with
indication ofeach item that Contractor has completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.e. Equipment and systems have been tested or demonstrated in the presence of Owner's
representative and are operational.
f. Work is compleled and ready for final inspection.
Architect will either makc an inspection to verify status of completion with rcasonable promptness after
receipt of such certification or notify Contractor ol' unlulfilled requirements.
Should Architect consider that Work is incomplete or dcf'ective:
l. Architcct will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective work.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 01770-2
CONTRACT CLOSEOAT PROCEDARES
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies and send a second written
certification to Architect that Work is complete.
3. Architect will reinsoect the Work.
r I.5 REINSPECTION FEES
I A. Should status of completion work require more than two re-inspections by Architect due to
- failure of Work to be completed in accordance with Contract Documents, Owner will deduct the
amount of Architect compensation for re-inspection services from final payment to Contractor.
I
1.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
I A. After Architect finds that Work is acceptable and after closeout submittals have been received, Contractor
shall prepare final Adjustment of Accounts and final Application for Payment as specified, and submit in
accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
I
I
I sECrroNorTTo
PART 3 . EXECI,-TTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
r END oF sEcrloNot?70
t,
I
I HLM ssoozr-,4
I
I
I
I
I
VAI L VALLEY M EDI L: AL CE NTER
Co nstraction Doc u me nts
15 October 2001I
I
01770-3
CONTMCT C LOSEOAT SA BM ITTAI$
l-SECTION OI78O _ CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
t PART I -GENERAL
I 1.1 SUMMARY
A. Proiect Record Documents.
I B. Subcontractors and Suppliers List.
I C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
r l Manual of equipment and systems.
2. Manual of products, materials and finishes.II D. Warranties and Certificates; including evidence of compliance with requirements of governing
authorities.
I E. Evidence of Payment and Release ofliens.
F. Final Adjustment of Accounts.
f G. Final Application for Payment
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
r A. Conditions of the Contract - Paragraph 3.1 L
I- B. Demonstration of equipment and systems - Section 01750.
I C. Contract Closeout Procedures - Section 01770.
I D. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials - Section 01785.
t E. Product maintenance information required for specific products, materials, and finishesi Respective
Specification for each product, material and finish.
I I.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
I A. Maintenance of Record Documents:
I 1. Store Record Documents in field office, apart from other documents used for construction.
Provide files and racks for storage of Record Documents.
2. Do not use Record Documcnts for construction purposes.
3. Label each document, "PROJECT RECORD" in two-inch-high printcd lcttcrs.
I sECrroNotTto
I HLMssooTr-,4r
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October200I
I
01780-1
SECTION 01780 CONTRACT C LOS EO UT S U B M ITTALS
B. Rccording:
l. Keep Record Documents current with construction progress.
2. Do not concsal any work until required information is rccorded.
3. Record information on a set of Record Drawings and Project Manual.
4. Record Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction:
Field changes of dimension and details.
Architect's Supplemental Instructions
Changes made by Change Order or modifications.
Details not on original Drawings.
5. Record Specifications and Addenda: t egibly mark each section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number of each product and item of equipment actually
installed, particularly optional items and substitution items.
b. Changes made by Addenda, Change Order or modification.
c. Compliance: Compliance with the maintenance and recording requirements shall be and
remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor. With submission of the record documents
Contractor shall provide Owner and Architect with a written certification that such
documents comply with this Section and that Architect and Owner are entitled to rely upon
such completeness and certification.
SUBCO}TTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS LIST
Provide a complete list of names, addresses and telephone numbers of all subcontractors and suppliers
employed on the Work. List portions of the Work performed by each entiry.
FORM AND CONTENT OF MANUALS
Assemble operating and maintenance manuals, and warranties and certificates in three-ring binders.
Format:
l. Size: 8-ll2 in. x ll in., fold larger sheets to fit into binders.
2. Indexing: Tabbed fly-leaf for each separate product or system.
3. Identification: Each binder cover and spine idcntified with titlc of manual, subject matter of
contents and project title.
C. Binders: Comrnercial quality, 3-ring, with durable and cleanable clear plastic sleeves on spine to hold
label describing contents.
D. Table of Contents: Provide for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b.
d.
t.4
1.5
B.
l. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list ofeach product required to bc included, indexed to content ofvolume.
3, List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of subcontractor or
local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. ldcntify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as sct lbrth
Documents.
installer and
in Contract
01780-2VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructio n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04
t sEcrroNorTso CO NTRACT CLOSEOAT SA B M I TTA IS
t E. ProductData:r"-.
l. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to specific product.
I 2. Annotate each sheet to clearly identify specific product or part installed and data applicable to
I installation.
r F. Drawings:
Ir l. Supplement Product Data with drawings as necessary to clcarly illustrate relations of component
I 2. 3*:r::r""Tffli#'.,"ff::T"#ff:"["iilj:jl"J".o:1r"#:".""* to assure conect irusrration
I of completed installation.
3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
I G. Written Text: provide as required to supplement Product Data for particular installation, organized in ar consistent format and in logical sequ"nc"of instructions for each proiedure.
I H. Warranties and Service Contracts: Include copy of each waranty issued and of each service contract
I issued.
T I.6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
I l. Description of unit and componenl pans.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. OperatingProcedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
I 3. Maintenance Procedures:I
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
I c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
I 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule.
- 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6, Description of sequence ofoperation by control manufacturer.
ll 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams rcquircd for
I maintenance.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
I 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings including as-installed color coded piping diagrams.
t HLM 980071-04 vATLvALLEy MEDICALCENTER 01780-3
t-
I
C o ns tr uc tio n Do c u me nts
15 October 2001
I
I
SECTION 01780 CO NT MCT C LOS EOUT SU B MITTALS
10. Charts ofvalve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve.ll. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.12. Include testing and balancing reports.
| 3. Other data as required under pcrtinent sections of specifications.
Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate.
| . Description of system and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
Circuit directories of panelboards.
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications
As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
Operating Procedures:
a. Routing and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Specialoperatinginstructions.
Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturcr's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's cunent prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
C. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance da!a: Respective sections of Specifications.
1.7 MANUAL FOR PRODUCT MAINTENANCE
A. Contcnt: Maintcnance data for each building product, applied material and finish uscd on project.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc uments
15 October 2001
B.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
3.
4.
5.
HLM 980071-04 01780-4
I sECrroNorTno C O NT RACT CLOSEOAT SA BMITTALS
J.B. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, srze,
omposition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom
manufactured oroducts.
t C. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning
and maintenance.
I D. Moisture-Protection and Weather-Exposed Products: Include product data lisring applicable reference
standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,
I maintenance, and repair.
I E. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Specifications sections.
I I.8 WARRANTIES AND CERTIFICATES
I A. Compile specified warranties and certificates of compliance.I B. Review to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
I C. Warranties shall be written in the name of the Owner.
D. Assemble warranties and certificates executed by each of respective manufacturers, suppliers and
subcontractors.
E. Number of original signed copies required: 2 each.
F. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, using Table of Contents of Project Manual as format.
I
I 3. Product, equipment or system.4. Firm, with name ofprincipal, address and telephone number.
5. Scope.
I 6. Date of beginning and duration of warranty.
I 7 . Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
I b. Instances which rnight affect validity of warranty.
I H. Prior to final payment, submit following certificates:
I
I
C. Provide complete information for each item.
I l Name and location of project.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
I HLM ssoozt-,4
r
l. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations.2. Certificate or other written evidcncc of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:
a. Certificate of C)ccupancy.
b. Certificates of Insoection
l) Convcying systems.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Documents
15 October 2001
I
01780-5
SECTION OI78O I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
CO NTMCT C LOS EOAT SA BM ITTALS
Mechanical systems.
Electrical systems.
Fire protection system.
Fire alarm system.
Security system.
Others where requircd by Specifications.
?\
5)
4)
s)
6)
7)
1.9 SUBMITTALS
Manuals:
1. Submit two copies of proposed format and outline of manuals at least 30 days prior to Substantial
Completion. Architect will return with comments.
2. For equipment, or componcnt parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated
by Owner, submit documents within | 0 days after acceptance of designated portions of the Work.
3. Submit 2 copies of data manuals in final form with 30 days prior to Substantial Completion.
4. Architect will review manuals for completeness of contents.
a. Manuals will be returned with comments for revisions, if necessary.
b. Correct, modify or complete manuals to comply with Architect's comments.
c. Submit 2 copies of each corrected manual within 15 working days of receipt of Architect's
cornnents.
Project Record Documenls:
I . At Contract closeout, deliver one copy of Record Documents to Architect for Owner.
2. Accompany submittal with Certificate of Compliance and transmittal lefter in duplicate,
containing: date, project title and number, Contractor's name and address, title and number of
each Record Document and signature of Contractor or his authorized represenl.ative.
EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS, AND RELEASE OF LIENS
Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA C706.
Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA G706A, with:
l. Consent of Surety to Final Payments: AIACTOT.
2. Contractor's release of waiver ofliens.
3. Separate releases of waivers or liens for subcontractors, suppliers, and others with lien rights
against property of Owner, together with list of those parties.
Submittals shall be duly executcd befbre delivery to Owner.
Number of original signed copies rcquircd: 2 cach.
l.l0
A.
B.
C.
D.
I,I I FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit final statement of accountins to Architect
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 9E0071-04 01780-6
I s*crroNolz*o CONTRACT C LOS EOUT SA B MITTAIS
l--... B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments.
I . Orieinal Contract Sum.
I 2. AdJtions and Deductions resulting from:
I a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Allowances.
I c. Unit Prices.
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
e. Penalties and Bonuses.
I f. Deductions for liquidated damages.
I g. Deductions for Reinspection Payments or fees.h. Other adjustments.
I 3. Total Conrract Sum, as adjusted.r 4. previous payments.
5. Sum remainins due.
I 6. Consl.ruction
-Munug", will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments tof Contract Sum not previously made by Change Orders.
I r.r2 FINAL APPLTCATTON FOR PAYMENT
A. Submit final application in accordance with requirements of Conditions of the Contract.
I
PART 2. PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
I
PART 3. DGCUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
I ENDOFSECTIONOITSO
I
I
I
I
t
I HLMeBoozr-.4
I
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2(NI
01780-7
I sECrroNorTBs OP ERATI O N AND MAI NTEN AN C E MATERIAL
l.-.-t.
sEcrIoN 0rz8s - opERATroN AND MATNTENANCE MATERIAL
I PART I.GENERAL
I
I r.l STJMMARY
I A. Procedures for storage, handling, and delivery of spare parts and maintenance materials.
r 1.2 RELATED SECTTONS
I A. Material Storage - Section 016{D.
I B. Contract Closeout Procedures - Section 01770.
r I.3 PRESENTATION OF SUBMITIALS
I A. Contract Closeout Information
I l. Spare Parts: To Owner with letter of transmittal.
r 2. Maintenance Materials: To Owner with letter of transmittal.
I 3. Extra Materials: To Owner with letter of transmittal.r 4. Copies of Transmittals: To Architect.
t.4 PRODUCT REQUIRED
r A' Provide to Owner quantities of spare parts and tools, maintenance materials and extra material as
I specified in individual Specification Sections.
B. Spare Parts and Tools: Package in clearly identified boxes.
I l. Indicate manufacturer's name, part name and stock number.2. Indicate piece of equipment for which part or tool is intended
I 3. Indicate name, address and phone number ofclosest supplier
t 4. Indicate specification number.
C. Maintenance Materials: Package in clearly identified boxes.
I 1. Indicate trade name and stock number.
2. Indicate for which item material is to be used.
r 3. Indicate name, address and phone number of closest supplier.
' D. Extra Materials: Package in clearly icJentified containers, or install wherc indicated.
I l. Provide products identical to those installetl in Work. Include quantities in original purchase fromI manufacturer to avoid variations in manufacture.
2. Indicatc trade name, stock number, size, color.
I HLM 98007r-04 VATLUALLEY MEDTCALCENTER 0r78s-r
C o ns truc tio n Doc u m e nts
lS October 2001
I
T
t.
-).
4.
5.
SECTION 01785 OPERATION AND MAI NTENANCE MATERIAL
Indicate where product is to be used.
Indicate name, address and phone number of closest supplier.
Indicate any special storage or environmental requirements.
I.5 DELIVERY
A. Deliver to Owner at time of Substantial Completion unless Owner requests earlier delivery.
B. Deliver to location on site as directed by Owner.
C. Obtain receipt for delivered materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOTAPPLTCABLE)
PART 3 - DGCUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION 01785
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 01785-2
I tGlo*
I SUBSTITUTION REQUEST U *
r.- BIDDING PHASE
t PROJECT: I lnsert Project Name ] PROJECT NO.: I Insert # ]
To (ARCHITECT): FROM (BIDDER):I i':g?:i'.1":"'i''*
I Insert address ]
I
Date: tr Initialsubmittal tr Resubmittal
I BIDDER/SUPPLIER HEREBY REQUESTS ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT AS A SUBSTITUTION IN
I AccoRD wrrH pRovrsroNs oF DrvrsroN oNE oF THE BrDDrNc DocUMENTS:
1. SPECIFIED PRODUCT:
t Substitution request for (Generic Description
SpecilicationSectionNo._ Article(s) Para.(s)
t 2. SUPPoRTTNG DATA:
tl Product data for proposed substitution is attached (product description, references, performance and test
I data).
t tl Sample is attached. tr Sample will be sent if requested.
f ' g. euALrrYcoMPARtsoN:
I
SPECIFIED PRODUCT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION
I Maintenance Service
r Spare Parts Source: ,
I Hirr?#,
Vendor:I 'lT;'j",fl1'.,
I i:?:"1",
Architect:I SIli';.,",,"0,
Available: EYes trNo tr ruR
I 4. PREVrous TNSTALLATToNS:
t ldentification of similar projects on which proposed substitution was used: (Attach list of additional projects)
Project:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date lnstalled:
I 5. REAS.N FoR Nor crvrNc pRroRrry ro spEcrFrED pR.DUCT:
I
suBsrRQ.Doc
suBsTrTUTroN REQUEST
BIDDING PHASE (Continued)I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
-..- 6.EFFECT OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:
Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work:trNo fl Yes (lf yes, explain)
Substitution requires dimensional revision or redesign:: E No D Yes (lf yes, attach complete data.)
7. BIDDER'S/SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATION OF CONFORMANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION TO
CONTRACT REQUIREMENT: l/we have investigated the specified product and the proposed substitution. l/we:
e have determined that the proposed substitution is equal or superior in all respects to specified product, except
as stated above:o will provide the same warranty as specif ied for specified product;r have included complete implications ot the substitution;o will pay redesign and other costs caused bythe substitution which subsequently become apparent;o will pay costs to modify other parts of the Work as may be needed, to make all parts of the Work
complete and functioning resulting from the substitution.
Bidder/Supplier:Date:
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind the Bidder/Supplier to the above terms.
Answer all questions and complete all blanks - use "NAu if not applicable.
ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION:
tr Resubmit substitution request:
tr Provide more information in following categories:
tr
tr
tr Sign Bidder's / Supplier's Certification of Conformance.
Substitution is accepted.
Substitution is accepted, with the following comments:
tr
tr
Substitution not accepted.
No action taken. Substitution Request received too late.
HLM Design USA, Inc. Date
HLM has relied upon the accuracy and validity of the information provided by the Bidder/Supplier in evaluating and acting upon this Request for
Substitution.
IOwner]
SUBSTRQ.doc
I
I
I @*SUBSTITUTION REQUEST
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROJECT:
TO (ARCHTTECT):
HLM Design USA, Inc.
I lnsert address ]
I Insert address ]
Date:
I Insert Project Name ]
tr Initialsubmittal tr Resubmittal
CONTRACTOR HEREBY REOUESTS ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT AS A SUBSTITUTION IN
ACCORD WITH PROVISIONS OF DIVISION ONE OF THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS:
1. SPECIFIED PRODUCT:
Substitution request for (Generic Description):
Specification Section No. Article(s) _ Para.(s)
SUPPORTING DATA:
tr Product data for proposed substitution is attached (product description, reterences, perfomance and test data).
tr Sample is attached.
QUALITY COMPARISON:
tr Sample will be sent if requesled.
SPECIFIED PRODUCT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION
Name, Brand:
Catalog No.:
Manufacturer:
Vendor:
Significant
Variations:
Maintenance Service Available:! yes ! tto NNA
PREVIOUS INSTALLATIONS:
ldentification of similar prolects on which proposed substitution was used: (Attach list of additional projects)
PROJECT NO.: I Insert #
FROM (CONTRACTOR):
I
l2
I
3.l-
I
I
l4
I Proiect:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date lnstalled:
Project:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date Installed:
REASON FOR NON.AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED ITEM:
Attach affidavit, certification or other data as proof of non-availability.
Strikes
Lockouts
Bankruptcy
Discontinuance of Production
Proven Shortage
Similar Occurrences (explain below)
suBsrRQr.Doc
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST - Page 2
AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT I
I
I
_,-.6.EFFECT OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:
Proposed substitution aflects other parts ol Work:No fl Yes E (lf yes, explain)
I
I
I
I
I
I
Substitution changes Contract Time : E No E Yes
Substitution requires dimensional revision or redesign:Yes (lf yes, attach complete data.)
Add/Deduct
ENo tr
oays.
Saving or credit to Owner, il any, for accepting substitution: $
Additional cost to Owner, if any, for accepting substitution: $
CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION OF CONFORMANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION TO CONTRACT
FEOUIREMENT: l/we have investigated the specified product and the proposed substitution. l/we represenl that l/we:o have determined that the proposed substitution is equal or superior in all respects to specitied product, except as stated
a
a
a
a
above;
will provide the same warranty as specified for specified product;
have included complete cost data and schedule implications of the substitulion;
will pay redesign and special inspection costs caused by the substitution.
will pay additional costs to other contractors caused by the substitution:
will coordinate the incorporation of the proposed substitution in the Work.
will modity other parts ot the Work as may be needed, to make all parts ol the Work complete and functioning;
waive future claims for added cost to Contracl caused by the substitution.
Contractor: Dat€:
Answer all all blanks - use 'NA' if not
ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION:
E Resubmit substitution request:
D Provide more information in following categories:
E Sign Contractor's Statement of Conformance.
T1r-J Submit proof of non-availability.
D
n
Substitution is accepted.
Substitution is accepted, with the following comments:
tr
D
Substitution not accepted.
Redesign Required: HLM will require additional design time and fee to incorporate proposed substitution.
days. Fee: $
HLM Design USA, Inc. Date
HLM has relied upon the accuracy and validity of the information provided by the Bidder/Supplier in evaluating and acting upon this
for Substitution.
OWNER'S HEVIEW AND ACTION:
tr Substitution is accepted. lssue Change Order.
! Substitution is not accepted.
Owner will pay HLM directly for redesign fees.
Include HLM redesign fees in the Change Order for
implemenling the substitution.
tr!
IsuBSTRQ | .DOC
I suBsrrrurroNREeuEST-page2I ATTERHECUTIONOFCONTRACT
1-'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
t
I
I
I
t
Ir
SUBSTRQI.DOCI
DTVISION 2 - INDEX
L
DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
I 02813...........LAWN SPRINKLER PIPrNc.......,....... ......... 16
-
02920-....-...LAWNS AND GRASSES..,............... ............ 8
I 02930...........8XT8RIOR PLANTS.......... ......... t2
r END-
I
r
r
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HIA4 98M71.04 VA]LVALLEY MEDICALCENTER
C o n structio n D o c wn e nts
15 October 2001r
t sECrroNo2st3
I sEcrroN 02813 - LA*N
''RTNKLER
prprNc
I PARr r -.ENERAL
I.A.W N SP RI N KLER PIPI NG
I r.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, appty to this Secrion.I
I 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes piping, valvcs, sprinklcrs, lawn sprinkler specialties, controls, and wiring.
I B. Related Sections include the following:I
l. Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for water supply piping, water meters, and backflow
preventers.
I
I I.3 DEFINITIONS
If A. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves. Piping is
under pressure during flow.l---.
I -- B. Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit-piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure.
I C. Pressurc Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to and including
I control valves. Piping is under water distribution system pressure.
D. Thc following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
I l. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
2. NP: Nylon plastic.
I 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
I 4. PP: Polypropylcne plasric.
5. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethyleneplastic.6. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
I
1.4 SYSTEMPERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Minimum Water Coverage: 100 percent of turf and planting areas.
I B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments
I necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards.
C. Minimum Working Prcssurcs: Thc fbllowing are minimum pressure requirements for piping, valvcs, and
I specialties, unless otherwise indicated:
I l. Pressure Piping: 200 psig (1380 kPa).
I " HLMe8007r-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Docume nts
15 Octoher 2001
I
0281 3- I
SECTION 02813 LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
Circuit Piping: 150 psig (1035 kPa).
Drain Piping: 100 psig (690 kPa),
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Include pressure rating, rated capacity, settings, and electrical data of selected models for
the following:
l. Water regulators.
2. Water hammer iuTesters.
3. Valves. Include aboveground and underground; general-duty, manual and automatic control, and
quick-coupler types.
4. Valve boxes.
5. Sprinklers.
6. Specialties. Include emitters, drip tubes, and other devices.
7. Controllers. Include wiring diagrams.
Shop Drawings: Show lawn sprinkler piping, including plan layout and locations, types, sizes, capacities,
and flow characteristics of lawn sprinkler piping components. Include water meters, backflow
preventers, valves, piping, sprinklers and devices, accessories, controls, and wiring. Show areas of
sprinkler spray and overspray.
Coordination Drawings: Show piping and major system components. Indicate interface and spatial
relationship between piping, system components, adjacent utilities, and proximate structures.
Test Reports: As specified in "Field Qualiry Control" Article in Part 3.
Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals specified in Division l. Include data for the
following:
l. Water regulators.
2. Automatic control valves.
3. Sprinklers.
4. Specialties.
5. Controllers.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of lawn sprinkler piping
components and are based on specific types and models indicated. Other manufacturers' products with
equal performance characteristics may bc considcrcd. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Articlc 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Comply with requirements of utility supplying water and authorities having jurisdiction for preventing
backflow and hack siphonage.
Comply with ASTM F 645, "Guide for Selection,
Pressure Piping Systems."
Design, and Installation of Thcrmoplastic Watcr
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
z.
-f.
t.5
B.
D.
E.
1.6
B.
C.
D.
VAII, VAI,I,EY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 02813-2
I sEcrroNo2,t3 LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
E. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical connections between wirins and
electrically operated devices.
I F. Sprinkler system installation shall comply with the local municipal codes and recommcndations and will
I meet minimum standards for Derformance in thc local environment.
r t;7 DELrvERy, STOMGE, AND HANDLTNG
- A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves according to the following:
I l. Ensure that valves ue dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion.2. Protect valves against damage to theaded ends and flange faces.
I 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling.
I B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves according to the following:
I l. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then, reinstall for storage.r 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambidnt dew-point
temperature. Support off ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is
necessary.
I C. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling
r to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance ofdirt, debris, and moisture.
I D. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of
floor when storins inside.I.
I E. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.
r F. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
I
I.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verifo existing utility locations.
I B. Investigate and determine available water supply water pressure and flow characteristics.
- C. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during design of Project are
r available for informational purposes only; data in reports are not intended as warranties of accuracy or
I continuity of conditions (between soil borings). Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations ort conclusions drawn liom this information.
I
I 1.9 SEQTJENCTNC AND SCHEDULTNG
I A. Maintain uninterrupted water service to building during normal working hours. Arrange for remporary
I water shulofl with Owner.
B. Coordinate lawn sprinkler piping with work spccified in Division 2 Section "Landscaping."
I C. Coordinate lawn sprinkler piping with uriliry work.
I VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 02813-3
LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to
Owner.
l. Quick Couplers: Furnish quantity of units equal to l0 percent ofamount ofeach size installed.
2. Sprinklers: Furnish quantity of units equal to 25 percent of amount of each type installed.3. Specialties: Furnish quantity of units equal to 20 percent of amount of each type installed.
4. Valve Keys: Furnish quantity of tee-handle units equal to 25 percent of amount of each type of
key-operated, control valve installcd.
5. Quick-Coupler Hose Swivels: Furnish quantity of units equal to 25 percent of amount of each
type of quick coupler installed.
6. Quick-Coupler Operating Keys: Furnish quantity of units equal to 25 percent of amount of each
type of quick coupler installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANI,JFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Bronze Corporation Stops and Valves for Underground Installation:
SECTION 02813
a.
D.
d.
e.
f.
h.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t. t0
A.
2.r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IB.
Ford Meter Box Co., Inc.
Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
Jones: James Jones Co.
Kitz Corp. of America.
ke Brass Co.
Master Meter, Inc.
McDonald: A.Y. McDonald Mfs. Co.
Red Hed Manufacturins Co.
a.
b.
d.
f.
g.
h.
l.
j.
k.
l.
m.
HLM 98007r-04
Bronze Valves for Aboveground and Control-Valve Box Installation:
American Valve, Inc.
Campbell Manufacturing, Inc
Ceres Products Corp.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
Crane Co.l Valve Div.
Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co.
Hammond Valve Corp.
Jomar Intcrnational, Ltd.
Kitz Corp. of America.
Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc.
Nibco, Inc.
Red-White Valve Corp.
Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc.
VA I L VALLEY M EDI CAL C ENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
028r3-4
I sncrroNo2sr3 I^AWN SPRINKLER PIPING
n. Walworth Co.
o. Watts Industries. Inc.: Water Products Div.p. Western Brass Works.
3. Bronze, Automatic Control Valves:
a. Buckner, Inc.
b. Ceres Products Corp.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Hasslinger Manufacturing Corp.
e. Hunter Industries.
f. Imperial Underground Sprinkler Co.
C. Netafim Inigation, Inc.
h. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.i. Superior Controls Co., Inc.j. Telsco Industries; Weather-Matic Sprinkler Div.k. Toro Co.; Irrigation Div.
4. Control-ValveBoxes:
a. American Drainage Products, Inc.
b. AMETEK; Plymouth Products Div.c. Applied Engineering Products.d. Carson-Brooks Plastics, Inc.e. DFWHPI.
f. Morrison Molded Fiber Glass Co.; Quazite Div.
C. NDS, Inc.
h. Normandy Products Co.i. Orbit Inigarion Products.
5. Quick Couplers:
a. Buckner, Inc.
b. Ceres Products Corp.c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Nelson: L.R. Nelson Corp.e. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.f. Telsco Industries; Weather-Matic Sprinkler Div.g. Toro Co.; Inigation Div.
h. Western Brass Works.
6. Sprinklers:
a. Buckner, Inc.
b. Ceres Products Corp.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.d. Hardie: James Hardie lrrigation, Inc.; Landscapc Div.e. Hit Products Corp.
f. Hunter Industries.g. Imperial Underground Sprinklcr Co.h. K-Rain Manufacturing, Inc.
i. Nelson: L.R. Nelson Corp.j. Orbit Irrigation Products.
k. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 02813.5
Co nstru ction Docume nts
15 Oclober 2001
l-.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f,
r
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02813
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
l. Senninger Irrigation, Inc.
m. Telsco Industries; Weather-Matic Sprinkler Div.
n. Toro Co.: Inigation Div.
o. Western Brass Works.
Water Regulators:
Bermad. Inc.
Cashco, Inc.
Cla-Val Co.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
FLOMATIC Corp.
GA Industries, Inc.
Honeywell Braukmann.
IMI Cash Valve, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Zurn Industries, Inc.l Wilkins Div.
8.Emitter and Drip-Tube Specialties:
LAWN SPRINKLERPIPING I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
h.
i.
j.
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
c.
h.
l.
j.
k.
a.
HLM 980071-04
Agrifim Irrigation Products, Inc.
Amiad Water Systems.
Aquapore Moisture Systems, Inc.
Buckner, Inc.
Chapin Watermatics, Inc.
Drip In Irrigation Co.
Hardie: James Hardie lrrigation, Inc.; Landscape Div.
Hit Products Corp.
Netafi m lrrigation, Inc.
Nibco Irrigation Systems.
Olson Irrigation Systems.
Orbit Irrigation Producs.
Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.
Raindrip, Inc.
Salco Products, Inc.
Toro Co.; Inigation Div.
9.Miscellaneous Specialties:
Agricultural Products, Inc.
Buckner, Inc.
Drip In lrrigation Co.
Hardie: James Hardie Inigation, Inc.; Landscape Div.
Imperial Underground Sprinkler Co.
Netafim Irrigation, Inc.
Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.
Raindrip, Inc.
Salco Products. Inc.
Telsco Industries; Weather-Matic Sprinkler Div.
Toro Co.; Irrigation Div.
| 0. Controllers:
Buckner. Inc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTBR
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
02813-6
2.2
2.3
I
]
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02813
C.
D.
E.
F.
I.AWN SPRINKLER PIPING
Champion Irrigation Products.
Hardic: James Hardie Inigation, Inc.; Landscape Div.
Heliotrope General.
Hit Products Corp.
Hunter Industries.
Hydro-Electronics, Inc.
Imperial Underground Sprinkler Co.
K-Rain Manufacturing, Inc.
Nelson: L.R. Nelson Corp.
Netafim Inigation, Inc.
Orbit Inigation Products.
Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.
Superior Controls Co., Inc.
Telsco Industries; Weather-Matic Sprinklcr Div.
Toro Co.; Irrigation Div.
PIPING MATERIALS
Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" and "Valve Applications" articles for application of pip€ and tube
materials, joining methods, and valve applications.
PIPES AND TUBES
Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B), annealed-temper, water tube.
Hard Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), drawn-remper,
water tube.
PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC I120 compound, Schedules 40 and 80.
PVC Pressure-Rated Pipe: ASTM D 2241;PYC I120 compound; SDRs2l,26,and32.5.
PE Controlled OD Pipe: ASTM F 771 and ASTM D 3035, PE 3408 compound, DRs 9 and I I .
PEControlledIDPipe: ASTMFTTI andASTMD2239; PE3403compound;SIDRs7,9, l1.5,and 15.
A.
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.4 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINCS
A. Cast-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.l8, solder-joint, pressure fittings.
B. Copper Unions: ASME816.18, cast-copper-alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joint,
metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder joint, and threaded or soldcr-joint ends. Include threads
complying with ASME B I .20. l.
C. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B 16.22, solder-joint, pressure fittings.
D. Cast-Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced.
E. PVCSocketFittings,Schedule40: ASTMD2466.
F. PVC Sockct Fittings, Schedule 80: ASTM D2467.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstruc tio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
t
I
HLM 980071-04 02813-7
SECTION 02813
I.
t.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
G.
B.
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
F.
tr.
H.
LAWN SPRINKLERPIPING
PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464.
Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, NP or PP. Include bands or other fasteners.
PE SocketFittings: ASTM D 2683.
PE Butt-Fusion Fiuings; ASTM D 3261.
Transition Fittings: Manufactured assembly or fitting, with pressure rating at least equal to that of system
and with ends compatible to piping where fitting is to be installed.
JOINING MATERIALS
Refer to Division 2 Section "Utility Materials" for commonly used joining materials.
Solder: ASTM B 32, Alloy Sn95 or E.
VALVES AND VALVE SPECIALTIES
Curb Stops: Bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, 150-psig (1035-kPa) minimum pressure rating, wide
tee head, with inlet and outlet to match service piping material.
Bronze, Nonrising-Stem Cate Valves: MSS SP-80, Type l, solid wedge; nonrising, copper-silicon-alloy
stem; Class 125, body and screw bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze, with threaded or solder-joint ends.
Include PTFE-impregnated packing, brass packing gland, and malleable-iron handwheel.
Bronze, Rising-Stem Gate Valves: MSS SP-80, Type 2, solid wedge; rising, copper-silicon-alloy stem;
Class 125, body and screw bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze, with threaded or solder-joint ends. Include
PTFE-impregnated packing, brass packing gland, and malleable-iron handwheel.
Bronze Ball Valves: MSSSP-I10, Class 150, 600-psig (4140-kPa) cold working pressure. Include
bronze, two-piece construction body with regular port; ckome-plated brass ball; blowout-proof stem;
PTFE seats and seals; tkeaded-end connections; and lever handle.
Bronze Globe Valves: MSS SP-80, Class 125, with fitting for key operation and underground f
application.
Bronze Diaphragm Valves: Cast-bronze body, normally closed, with manual flow adjustment, and
operated by 24-Y , ac solenoid.
Automatic Drain Valves: Spring-loadcd, ball valve of corrosion-resistant construction and designed to
open for drainage if line pressure drops below 2-l 12 to 3 psig ( I 7 to 20 kPa).
Quick-Couplcrs: Factory-fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water-seal
valve; removable upper body with spring-loaded or weighted, rubber-covered cap; hose swivel with
ASME B I .20.7, 3/4- l I .5NH threads for gardcn hosc on outleq and operating key.
L Locking Top Option: Include vandal-resistant, locking fcaturc with two rnatching keys.
Curb-Stop Service Boxes: Cast iron with telescoping top section of length required for depth of bury of
valve, cover with lettering "WATER,' bottom section with base of size to fit over curb stop, and 3-inch-
2.5
2.6
D.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 02813-8
J.
2.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02E13 LAWN SPNNKLERPIPING
(75-mm-) diameter barrel. Includc steel tee-handle shutoff rod with one pointed end, srem of length to
operate curb stop, and slotted end fitting curb-stop head.
Valve Boxes: Cast iron with top section and cover with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base to
fit ovcr valve, 5-inch- (127-mm-) diameter barrel, and adiustablc cast-iron extension of length required
for depth of bury of valve. Include steel tee-handle, shutoff rod with one pointed end, stem of leneth to
operate valve, and end fitting valve operating nut.
Manual Control-Valve Service Boxes: Cast iron with telescoping top section oflength required for depth
of bury of valve. Include cover with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over
valve, and 3-inch- (75-mm-) diameter barrel. Include valve key, 36 inches (91 5 mm) long with tee
handle and key end to fit valve.
Control-Valve Boxes: PE, ABS, fiberglass, polymer concrete, or precast concrete box and cover, with
open bottom, openings for piping, and designed for installing flush with grade. Include size as required
for valves and service.
1. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, gaded from 3 inches (75 mm) maximum to
3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum.
c.
SPRINKLERS
Description: Manufacturer's standard sprinklers designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area
indicated, at available water pressue.
Components: Brass or plastic housing and corrosion-resistant interior parts.
Flush, Surface Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw-type flow adjustment.
Bubblers: Fixed pattern, with screwtype flow adjustment.
Shrubbery Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw-type flow adjustment.
Pop-up, Spray Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw-type flow adjustment and stainless-steel retraction
spnng.
Pop-up, Rotary, Spray Sprinklers: Gear drive, full-circle and adjustable part-circle types.
Pop-up, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full-circle and part-circle types.
Aboveground, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full-circle and part-circle types.
SPECIALTIES
A. Water Regulators: ASSE 1003, singlc-seated, direct-operated, water-pressure regulators, rated fbr 150-
psig- (1035-kPa-) minimum, initial-inlet working pressure, with size, flow rate, and inlet and outlct
pressures indicatcd. Include integral factory-installed or separate ficld-installed Y-pattern strainer that is
compatible with unit for size and capacity.
l. 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Bronzc body with threaded ends.2. 2-ll2Jnch NPS (DN65) and Larger: Bronze or cast-iron body with llanged ends.3. InteriorComponents: Corrosion-resistantmaterials.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Corctruction Documents
15 Oclober 2001
B.
D.
HLM 980071-04 02813-9
SECTION 02813 LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
B. Water Hammer Arresters: ASME Al 12.26.1M, ASSE 1010, or PDI WH-201 water hammer arrester.
Includc bellows or piston-type pressurized cushioning chamber and sizes complying with
ASME Al12.26.1M and PDI WH-201 Sizes A ro F.
F.
Pressure Gages: ASME B40.1 pressure gage. Include 4-ll?-inch- (l l5-mm-) diameter dial, dial range of
two times system operating pressure, and bottom outlet.
Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, 314-inch NPS (DN20), with corrosion-
resistant internal parts, and capable ofcontrolling outlet pressure to approximately 20 psig ( 138 kPa).
Strainer/Filter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts, of size and capacity
required for devices downstream from unit.
Single-Outlet Emitters: Plastic body, to deliver the following flow at approximately 20 psig (138 kPa):
l. Flow: ll2gph(l.9Uh).
2. Flow: I gph (3.8 L/h).
3. Flow: 2 gph(7.6uh).
4. Tubing Size: l0 feet (3 m) long and l/8-inch (3-mm) minimum ID, PE or vinyl.
Multiple-Outlet Emitters: Plastic body with at least six outlets.
l. Flow at 20 psig (138 kPa) Each Outlet: tlz gph(l.9Uh).2. Flow at 20 psig (138 kpa) Each Outlet: I gph (3.8 L/h).3. Flow at 20 psig (138 kPa) Each Outlet: 2 gph(7.6Uh).4. Tubing Size: 60 feet (18 m) long and l/8-inch (3-mm) minimum ID, PE or vinyl.5. Outlet Caps: Plastic, for outlers without tubing.
Drip Tubes: l/2-inch NPS (DNIS) flexible PE or PVC for emitters and other devices, of length indicated,
and with plugged end.
Drip Tubes: 314-inch NPS (DN20) flexible PE or PVC for emitters and other devices, of length indicated,
and with plugged end.
Drip Tubes: l-inch NPS (DN25) flexiblc PE or PVC for emitters and other devices, of length indicated,
and with plugged end.
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Exterior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 4 weatherproof enclosure with locking cover and two
matching keys; and include provision for grounding.
l. Material: Enameled-steel, sheet metal.
2. Material: Stainlcss-steel, sheet metal.
3. Material: Molded plastic.
4. Mounting: Freestanding type for concrete-base mounting.
5. Mounting: Surface type lbr wall ntounting.
B' Interior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 12 dripproof construction with locking cover and rwo
matching keys.
L Material: Enameled-steel, sheet metal.
2. Matcrial: Stainless-steel, sheet metal.
VAII, VALI,EY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
D.
G.
J.
2.9
HLM 980071-04 02813-r0
I SECTION 02813 LAWN SPRINKLERPIPING
3. Material: Molded plastic.
4. Mounting: Freestanding type for concrete-base mounting.
5. Mounting: Surface type for wall mounting.
Transformer: Internal; and suitable for converting 120-V, ac building power to 24-V, ac power.
Controller Stations for Automatic Control Valves: Each station is variable from approximately five to 60
minutes. Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each station.
Tirning Device: Adjustable, 24-hour, l4-day clock with automatic operations to skip operation any day
in timer period; to operate every other day; or to operate two or more times daily.
l. Manual or Semiautomatic Operation: Allow this mode without disturbing preset automatic
operation.
2. Nickel-Cadmium Battery and Trickle Charger: Automatically power timing device during power
outages.
Wiring: UL 493, Type UF, solid-copper-conductor, insulated cable, suitable for direct burial.
l. Feeder-Circuit Cables: No. I 2 AWG minimum, between building and controllers.
2. Low-Voltage, Branch-Circuit Cables: No. 14 AWG minimum, between controllers and automatic
control valves and color-coded different than feeder-circuit-cable jacket color and with jackets of
different colors for multiple-cable installation in same trench.
3. Splicing Materials: Pressure-sensitive, thermoplastic tape; waterproof sealing packets; or other
wat€rproof connectors.
IDENTIFICATION
Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for plastic underground warning-tape materials.
l. Solid blue hlm with continuously printed blackletter caption, "CAUTION--WATER LINE
BURIED BELOW."
2. Solid blue film with metallic core and continuously printed black-letter caption, "CAUTION--
WATER LINE BURIED BELOW."
PART 3. HGCTITION
PREPARATION
Set stakes to identify proposed lawn sprinkler locations. Obtain Architect's approval before excavation.
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
Refer to Division 2 Scction "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
Refer to Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving" for cuning and patching asphalt paving.
Refer to Division 2 Section "Portland Cemcnt Concrete Paving" for cutting and patching concrete paving.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
3.1
-t. z
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
t
I
I
L
I
I
I
c.
D.
E.
F.
2.to
A.
B.
C.
HLM 980071-04 02813-11
SECTION 028T3 LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, l2 inches (300mm) below finished grades, except 6
inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavement and slabs.
Install piping and wiring in sleeves under sidewalks, roadways, parking lots, and railroads.
l. Install piping sleeves by boring orjacking under existing paving ifpossible.
Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3
to 3/4 inch (75 lo 19 mm) minimum, to 12 inches (30O mm) below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone
with sheet of asphalt-saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material.
Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following:
1. Pressure Piping: Greater depth of minimum of 36 inches (914 mrn) below finished grade, or not
less than l8 inches (500 rnm) below average local frost depth.
2. Circuit Piping: l2 inches (300 mm).
3. Drain Piping: 12 inches (300 mm).
4. Sleeves: 24 inches (600 mm).
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.
B. Piping in control-valve boxes and aboveground may bejoined with flanges instead ofjoints indicated.
C. Underground, Pressure Piping: Use the following:
l. 4lnch NPS (DNIOO) and Smaller: Type L (Type B) soft copper tube, wrought-copper firtings,
and soldered joints.
2. 4-Inch NPS (DNl00) and Smaller: Schedule 40 PVC pipc, Schedulc 40 PVC socket fittings, and
solvent-cemented joints.
3. 4-Inch NPS (DNl00) and Smaller: Schedule 80 PVC pipe, Schedule 80 PVC socket fiuings, and
solvent-cemented joints.
4. 4-Inch NPS (DNI0O) and Smaller: SDR 2l PVC pressure-rated pipe, Schedule 80 PVC socket
fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
5. 5Jnch NPS (DNl25) and Larger: Schedule 40 PVC pipe, Schedule 40 PVC sockct fittings, and
solvent-cemented joints.
6. 5{nch NPS (DNl25) and Larger: Schedule 80 PVC pipe, Schedule 80 PVC socker litrings, and
solvent-cemented joints.
1. 5-Inch NPS (DNl25) and Larger: SDR 2l PVC pressure-rated pipe, Schedule 80 PVC socket
fi ttings, and solvent-cemented joints.
D. Circuit Piping: Use the following:
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
F.
c.
-). -t
t.
2.
3.
A
2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Schedule 40 PVC pipe, Schedule 40 PVC socker finings, and
solvent-ccmcnted .joints.
2Jnch NPS (DN50) and Smaller; SDR 26 PVC pressure-rared pipe, schedule 40 pVC sockct
fi ttings, and solvent-cemented joints.
2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: DR I I PE controlled OD pipe, PE socket or burfusion fittings,
and heat-fusion.joints.
2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: DR 9 PE controlled OD pipe, PE socket or butt-fusion fittings,
and hcat-f usion ioints.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 02813-12
I SECTION 02813
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: SIDR 9 PE controlled ID pipe, insert fittings lbr PE pipe, and
banded or couplcd joints.
2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: SIDR 7 PE controlled ID pipe, insert fiuings for PE pipe, and
banded or coupled joints.
2-l/2- to 4-Inch NPS (DN65 to DNl00): Schedule4O PVC pipe, Schedule40 PVC socket
fi ttings, and solvcnt-ccmented joints.
2-ll2- ro 4Jnch NPS (DN65 to DNl00): SDR 26 PVC pressure-rated pipe, Schedule 40 PVC
socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
2-ll2- ao 4-Inch NPS (DN65 to DN100): DR I I PE controlled OD pipe, PE socket or butrfusion
fittings, and hearfusion joints. Install 3-inch NPS (DN80) pipe and fitdngs if 2-ll2-inch NPS
(DN65) pipe and fittings are not available.
2-ll2- to 4-Inch NPS (DN65 to DNl00): DR 9 PE controlled OD pipe, PE socket or butt-fusion
fittings, and heat-fusion joints. Install 3-inch NPS (DN80) pipe and fittings if 2-ll2-inch NPS
(DN65) pipe and fittings are not available.
2-ll2- to 4-Inch NPS (DN65 to DNl00): SIDR 9 PE controlled ID pipe, insert fittings for PE
pipe, and banded or coupled joints.
2-ll2- to 4lnch NPS (DN65 to DNl00): SIDR 7 PE controlled ID pipe, insert fittings for PE
pipe, and banded or coupledjoints.
Underground Branches and Offsets at Sprinklers and Devices: Schedule 80 PVC pipe, PVC threaded
fittings, and threaded joints.
1. Option: Plastic piping made for this application may be used instead of pipe and fittings specified.
Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Type L (Type B) hard copper tube, wrought-copp€r
fittings, and soldered joints.
Drain Piping: Schedule 40 PVC pipe, Schedule 40 PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
Sleeves: Schedule 40 PVC pipe, Schedulc 40 PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
Underground, Shutoff-Duty Valves: Use the following:
l. 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Curb stop, with tee head, curb-stop service box, and shutoff
rod.
2. 3Jnch NPS (DN80) and Larger: Gate valve, with elastomeric gaskets and stem nut, valve box,
and shutoff rod.
Underground, Manual Control Valves: Bronze globe valve with control-valve service box and valve key.
Control Valves: Use the following:
l. 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Bronze diaphragm valve.
2. 2-l 12- and 3-Inch NPS (DN65 and DN80): Bronze diaphragm valve.
Drain Valves: Use the following:
| . ll2- and 3/4-Inch NPS (DN I 5 and DN20): Bronze, nonrising-stem gate valve.
2. l- to 2-Inch NPS (DN25 to DN50): Bronze, nonrising-stem gare valve.
3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
c.
D.
3.4I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11.
12.
l-,G.
H.
l-
t
HLM 980071-04 02813-13
SECTION 02813 LAWN SPRINKLER PIPING
Refer to Division 2 Section "Utility Materials" for pipe joint construction requirements.
PVC Piping Gaskctcd Joints: Construct underground joints between cast-iron valves and PVC pipe with
elastomeric seals that fit pipc and valve ends. Use lubricant according to ASTM D 3 139.
Dissimilar Piping Material Joints: Construct joints using adapters or couplings that are compatible with
both piping materials, outside diameters, and system working pressure.
PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems, which
were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, and other design considerations. Install piping as
indicated, unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping at uniform slope of 0.5 percent minimum, down toward drain valves.
C. Install piping free of sags and bends.
D. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.
E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
F. Install unions adjacent to valves and final connections to other components with 2-inch NPS (DN50) or
smaller pipe connection.
C. Install flanges adjacent to valves and final connections to other components with 2-ll2-inch NPS (DN65)
or larger pipe connection.
H. Install dielectric fittings to connect piping of dissimilar metals.
I. Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D2774 and ASTM F 690.
J. Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions.
K. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F (4.a deg C). Allow joints to cure
at least 24 hours at temperature above 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) before testing, unless otherwise recommended
by manufacl.urer.
L. Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure gage on outlet. Install
shutoff valve on outlet.
M. Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to buildins main and circuit valves in valve box.
3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Underground Gatc Valvcs: Install in valve box with top flush with grade.
I . Install valves and PVC pipc with rcstrained, gasketed joints.
B. Underground Curb Stops: Install in scrvicc box with top llush with gradc.
C. Underground, Manual Control Valves: Install in manual. control-valve service box.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
l5 October 2001
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
3.6
HLM 980071-04 02813-14
I sECrroN o2tr3
I D. Control Valves: Install in control-valve scrvicc box.
E. Drain Valves: Install in control-valve box.I 3.8 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
I-A,WN SPRI N KLER PIPING
I
t
I A. Flush circuit piping with full head of water and install sprinklers aller hydrostatic test is completed.I
B. Install lawn sprinklers at manufacturer'.s recommended heights.
I C. Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inchcs (100 mm) from walls and 2
inches (50 mm) from other boundaries, unless otherwise indicated.
rr 3.9 AUToMATIC coNTRoL sysrEM INSTALLATION
A. Install controllers according to manufacturcr's writtcn instructions and as indicated.
B. Install frecstanding controllers on precast concrete bases not less than 36 by 24 by 4 inches (914 by 610
by 100 mm) thick, and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) greater in each direction than overall dimensions
of controller.
r C. Install control wiring in same trench with piping. Inscall wiring with loops at control valves and
I controllers, at intervals not greater than 100 feet (30 m), and changes in direction to allow for expansion.r Bundle wiring in same trench at lO-foor (3-m) intervals.
I
I 3.10 coNNECrroNS
r A. Connect piping to valves, sprinklers, and specialties.
I B. Connect water supplies to lawn sprinkler piping with backflow prcvcnters at connections to potable-water
supplles.
I C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I D. Ground electric-powered controllers, valves, and devices.
l. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
I tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
I UL 4864, and UL 4868.
I E. Arrange for electric-power connections to controllers, control valves, and devices that require power.
I Electric power, wiring, and disconnect switches are specified in Division 16 Scctions.
I 3.1 | FrELD euAI-rry coNTRoLI
A. Testing: Hydrostatically test piping and valves before backfilling trenches. Piping may bc tested in
sectlons.
HLM 98007r-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr u c tio n D o c u me nts
15 October 2001
Ir
I
02813-15
SECTION 02813
l.Cap and test piping with static warer pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) abovc system operaring
pressure and without exceeding pressure rating ofpiping system materials. Isolate test sourcc and
allow to stand for lbur hours.
Repair leaks and defects with ncw matcrials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory
results are obtained.
CLEANINC AND ADJUSTING
Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and orher devices.
Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate of rated operating pressure required for each
sprinkler circuit.
Carefully adjust lawn sprinklers so rhey will be
finish grade.
llush with, or not more than l/2 inch (13 mm) above,
Adjust settings of controllers and automatic control valves.
COMMISSIONING
Starting Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written procedures. If no procedures are prescribed by
manufacturers, proceed as follows:
l. Verify that specialty valves and their accessories are installed and operate conectly.2. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete.
3. Veriff that sprinklers and devices are correct type.
4. Verify that damaged sprinklers and devices are replaced with new materials.
5. Verify that potable-water supply connections have backflow preventers.
6. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices.
7. Adjust operating controls.
Operational Tests: Measure and record water flow ratc and arca coverage at each sprinkler. Adjust to
achicvc indicated values.
DEMONSTRATION
Demonstrate to Owner's maintenance personnel opcration of equipment, sprinklers, specialties, and
a!eessorics. Review maintenance information.
Provide seven days'advancc written notice of demonstration.
LAWN SPRINKLER PIPINC T
3.t2
A.
B.
C.
D.
J.IJ
A.
3.t4
A.
B.
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
END OF SECTION 028I3
VAI L VA LLEY M EDI CAL C ENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 02813-16
I s*CrroNo2s2o LAWNSAND GRASSES
r sEcrIoNo2g2o-LAwNsANDGRASSES
I PART I -GENERAL
I r.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Secrions, apply ro this Section.
I t.z sr.rMMARY
I A. This Section includes the followins:
I 1. Seeding.r 2. Sodding.
3. Plugging.
I 4. sp.tgging.
t 5. Meadow grasses and wildflowers.
6. Lawn renovation.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
l. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling.
I 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough grading.I . 3. Division 2 Section "Subdrainage" for subsurface drainage.
I 1.3 DEFTNTTTONS
A. Finish Crade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
Ir B. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with
stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
I C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to become
topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
I D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fillI or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.
I 1.4 SUBMTTTALS
r A. Product Data: For each typc of product indicated.
I B. Certification of Grass Seed: From sccd vendor lbr each grass-seed monostand or mixture stating the
botanical and common name and percentage by weight of cach species and variety, and percentage of
I purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year o? production and date of packaging.
I
l. Certification of cach seed mixture for turfgrass sod, identifying source, including name and
l_ telephone number of supplier.
I HLM 98OO7I-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 02920-T
C o nstruc tion D oc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
1.6
SECTION 02920 LAWNSAND GRASSES
C. Product Certificates: For soil amendments and fertilizers, signed by product manufacturer.
D. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer.
E. Planting Schedule: lndicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting.
F. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of
lawns and meadows during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of rcquired maintenance periods.
I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful lawn and
meadow establishment.
l. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experience<i full-time supervisor on
Project site when planting is in progress.
B. Preinstallation Confersnce: Conduct confcrence at Project site to comply with requirements in Division I
Scction "Project Management and Coordination."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC
Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers.
Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in TPIt "Specifications for
Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" in its
"Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding."
SCHEDIJLING
Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with
maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion.
1. Spring Planting: After May l5s and as weather conditions permit.
2. Fall Planting: Before October 15'and as weather conditions permit.
Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted wcather conditions
permit.
LAWN MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is
established, but lbr not less than thc following periods:
| . Sodded Lawns: 30 days from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Maintain and establish lawn by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other
operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth
lawn.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n D o c ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
A.
B.
t.7
B.
t.8
HLM 9EOO7I.O4 02920-2
B.
c.
1.9
I
T
I
I
t
T
I
I
SECTION 02920
l. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind
Anchor as required to prevent displacemcnt.
LAWNS AND GRASSES
or maintenance oDerations. add new mulch.
Watering: Provide and maintain tcmporary piping, hoscs, and lawn-watering equipment to convey water
from sources and to keep lawn uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm).
l. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay
out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas.2. Water lawn at a minimum rate of I inch (25 mm) per week.
MEADOW MAINTENANCE
Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable meadow is
established, but for not less than 40 days from date of Substantial Completion.
Maintain and establish meadow by watering, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other
operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch.
Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn-watering equipment to convey water
from sources and to keep meadow uniformly moist.
I . Schedule walering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay
out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas.
2. Water meadow at a minimum rate of ll2 inch (13 mm) per week for t4l 161 tSl weeks after
planting.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
TURFGRASS SOD
Turfgrass Sod: Number I Quality/Premium, including limitations on thatch, weeds, diseases, nematodes,
and insects, complying with TPI's "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in its "Cuideline
Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viablc sod of uniform density, color, and texture, sEongly
rooted, and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted.
Turfgrass Species: Sod of grass species as follows, with not l€ss than 95 percent germination, not less
than 85 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed:
1 . Full Sun: Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis), a minimum of three cultivars.
2. Sun and Partial Shade: Proportioned by weight as follows:
a. 50 percent Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis).
b. 30 percent chewings red fescue (Festuca rubra variety).
c. l0 percent perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne).
d. 10 percent rcdtop (Agrostis alba).
3. Shade: Proportioned by weight as follows:
a. 50 percent chewings red fescue (Festuca rubra variety).
b. 35 pcrcent rough bluegrass (Poa trivialis).
c. l5 percent redtop (Agrostis alba).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns tructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
l-
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t-
I
2.1
B.
HLM 980071-04 02920-3
I
t
I
2.2
SECTION 02920 IAWNSAND G&,TSSES
MEADOW GRASSES AND WILDFLOWERS
Wildflower and Native Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new seed, mixed species as follows:
l. Consult local botanist
Seed Carrier: Inert material, sharp clean sand or perlite, mixed with seed at a ratio of not less than two
parts seed carrier to one part seed.
TOPSOL
Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 6 percent organic material content; free of
stones I inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
l. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site. Verify suitability of stockpiled surface soil
to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other
extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content
35 to 55 p€rcent by weight; 100 percent passing through ll-inch (25-mm)] [3/4-inch (19-mm)] [U2.inch
(12,5-mm)l sieve; soluble salt content of 5 to l0 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert
contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of
3.4 to 4.8.
Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially decomposed
moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing capacity of | 100 to 2000 percent.
Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform
texture, free ofchips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
l. In lieu of decomposed wood derivatives, mix partially decomposed wood derivatives with at least
0.15 lb (2.4 kg) of ammonium nitrate or 0.25 lb (4 kg) of ammonium sulfate per cubic foot (cubic
meter) of loose sawdust or ground bark.
Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume
of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials: liee of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, and
material harmful to plant growth.
PLANTING ACCESSORIES
Selective Hcrbicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended by manufacturcr lbr
application.
FERTILIZER
A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, fincly ground; a minimum of 4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent
phosphoric acid.
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr u c tio n D oc ume nt s
15 October 2001
IB.
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
A.
B.
D,
E.
2.3
ai
2.5
z.o
02920-4
I SECTION 02920 LAWNSAND CRASSES
Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and
slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived liom natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde,
phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
I . Composition: I lb/l 000 sq. ft. (0.45 kgl92.9 sq. m) of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and
2 percent potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports
from a qualified soil-testing agency.
Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of50 perccnt water-insoluble nitrogen,
phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
I . Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, l0 percent phosphorous, and l0 percent potassium, by weight.2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports
from a qualified soil-testing agency.
MI.JLCHES
Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed straw of wheat, rye,
oats, or barley.
Peat Mulch: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture, with a pH
range of 3.4 to 4.8.
Peat Mulch: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing capacity of I lfi) to
2000 percent.
compost Mulch: well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture
content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through l-inch (25-mm) sieve; soluble salt
conlent of 5 to l0 decisiemenvm; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances
toxic to plantings; and as follows:
l. Organic Matter Content: 60 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmugs; or source-
separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
Fiber Mulch: Biodegradable, dyed-wood, ccllulose-fiber mulch; nontoxic; free of plant-growth or
germination inhibitors; with maximum moisture conient of l5 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to 6.5.
Nonasphaltic Tackificr: Colloidal tackifier recommended by fiber-mulch manufacturer for slurry
application; nontoxic and free ofplant-growth or germination inhibitors.
Asphalt Emulsion: ASTM D 97'1 , Grade SS- I ; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or gcrmination
inhibitors.
EROSION-CONTROL MATERIALS
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
1-B.
l-
D.
B.
2.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
G.
2.8
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 02920-5
SECTION 02920
Erosion-Control Blankets: Biodegradable wood excelsior, straw, or coconut-fiber mat enclosed in a
photodegradable plastic mesh. Include manufacturer's recommended steel wire staples, 6 inches (150
mm) long.
Erosion-Control Fiber Mesh: Biodegradable twisted jute or spun-coir mesh, a minimum of 0.92 lb/sq. yd.
(0.5 kglsq. m), with 50 to 65 percent open area. Include manufacturer'.s recommended stccl wire staples,
6 inches ( 150 mm) long.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from
damage caused by planting operations.
l. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding overspray.
Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-
bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
LAWN PREPARATION
A. Limit lawn subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.
B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches (100 mm. Remove stones
larger than 1-112 inches (38 mm in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter
and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
L Apply fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening.
2. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil
amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.
a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a few days.
b. Mix lime with dry soil bcfore mixing fertilizer.
3. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 4 inches (1(X) mm) but not less than required to mcer finish
grades aftcr light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread il planting soil or subgrade is
frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
a. Spread approximately onc-hall'the thickness of planting soil mix ovcr loosened subgrade.
Mix thoroughly into top 2 inches (50 mm) of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil
nll x.
b. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
C. Finish Clrading: Crade planting areas to a snrooth, unifbrm surface plane with loosc, unilbrmly fine
texturc. Grade to within plus or minus | /2 inch ( I 3 mrn) of' finish elevation. Roll and rakc, remove
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAI. CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
LAflNSANDG&{SSES I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
B.
3.1
3.2
3.3
HLM 980071-04 02920-6
D.I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02920 LAWNSAND GRASSES
Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in theridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
immediate future.
Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
Restore areas iferoded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.
SODDING
Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or muddy.
Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch or
overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to subgrade or sod
during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade, eliminate air pockets, and form
a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between oieces ofsod: remove exccss
to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
| . Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding l:6 with wood pegs spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer
but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage.
Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week, water daily or more
frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of l-ll2 inches (38 mm) below sod.
LAWN RENOVATION
Renovate existing lawn.
Renovate existing lawn damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage of materials or cquipment
and movement of vchicles.
l. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur or where minor rcgrading is required.
Rcmove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury in soil.
Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including oil
drippings, fuel spills, stone, gravel, and other construction materials, and replace with new topsoil.
Mow, dethatch, core aerate, and rake existing lawn.
Remove weeds before seeding. Whcre weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as required. Do
not use pre-emergence herbicides.
Remove waste and foreign materials, including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf, and lcgally
dispose of thcm off Owner's property.
Till stripped, bare, and compactcd arcas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches (150 mm).
Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers rcquircd for cstablishing new lawns and mix thoroughly into
top 4 inches ( | 00 mm) of existing soil. Provide new planting soil to fill low spots and meet finish grades.
J. Apply sod as required lbr new lawns.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
3.4I A.
B.I
t
I
c.I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
3.5
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
HLM 980071-04 02920-7
3.6
SECTION 02920
B.
c.
D.
I-AWNS AND GNASSBS
Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new lawn is established.
MEADOW
Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds
5 mph (8 km,/h). Evcnly dis[ibutc secd by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to
each other.
l. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damased.
Sow seed at the net rare of4 ozJlfi)o sq. fL (113 9/92.9 sq. m.
Brush seed into top l/16 inch (1.6 mm) of topsoil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray.
Protect seeded areas from hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying peat or compost mulch within 24
hours after completing seeding operations. Soak and scatter uniformly to a depth of 3/16 inch (4.8 mm)
and roll to a smooth surface.
Water newly planted areas and keep moist until meadow is established.
CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles
before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.
Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas fiom traffic. Maintain
banicades throughout maintenance period and remove after lawn is established.
Remove erosion-control measures after srass establishment oeriod.
END OF SECTION 02920
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
I5 October 2001
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-t- I
B.
HLM 980071-04 02920-8
I
l-
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t,
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
SECTION 02930
SECTION 02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS
PART I - GENERAL
EXTERIOR PIANTS
l.l
1.2
RELATED DOCI,JMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the followins:
1.
2.
J.
5.
6.
Trees.
Shrubs.
Ground cover.
Plants.
Edgings.
Planters.
B.Related Sections include the following:
Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and planting, topsoil stripping
and stockpiling, and site clearing.
Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling, and rough grading and for subsurface
aggregate drainage and drainage backfill materials.
Division 2 Section "Subdrainage" for below-grade drainage of landscaped areas, paved areas, and
wall perimeters.
Division 12 Section "Interior Plants" for interior plants, trees, and vines.
Division l2 Section "Interior Planters" for pots and urns for interior plantings.
I.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are
grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by local municipal planning
authority for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and drum-laced as
recommended by ANSI 260.1 .
B. Balled and Potted Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown
and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not lcss than diameter and depth recommended bv local
municipal planning authority for type and size ofexterior plant required.
C. Bare-Root Stock: Extcrior plants with a well-branched, fibrous-root system developed by transplanting
or root pruning, with soil or growing medium removed, and with not less than minimum root spread
according to ANSI 260. I for kind and size of exterior plant required.
D. Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well-
established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CE NTER
C o nstructio n Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
l.
2.
-).
A
5.
HLM 980071-04 02930-I
t.4
SECTION 02930 EXTERIOR PLANTS
container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and
be sized according to ANSI 260. I for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required.
Fabric Bag-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants established and grown in-
gound in a porous fabric bag with well-established root system reaching sides of fabric bag. Fabric bag
size is not less than diameter, depth, and volume required by ANSI 260.1 for type and size of exterior
plant.
Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with
stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to become
topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill
or backfill, before placing planting soil.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, signed by product manufacturer, and
complying with the following:
l. Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products.
2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by
the Association of Official Analytical Chemisrs, where applicable.
Qualification Data: For landscape Installer.
Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.
Maintcnancc Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenancc of
exterior plants during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful
establishment of exterior plants.
l. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on
Project sile when exterior planting is in progress.
Providc quality, sizc, gcnus, species, and varicty of exterior plants indicated, complying with applicablc
requirements in ANSI 260.1 , "American Standard for Nursery Stock."
Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI 260.1 with branches and trunks or canes in
their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper measurements 6 inches (150
mm) above ground for trees up to 4-inch (100-mm) caliper size, and l2 inchcs (300 mm) above ground
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Documents
I5 October 2001
F.
c.
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
B.
HLM 98007r-04 02930-2
I SECTION 02930
D.
A.
B.
t.6
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l-
I
EXTERIORPIANTS
for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spreadi do not measure branches or
roots tip-to-tip.
Observation: Architect may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting
for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality. Architect retains right to
observe trees and shubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and
latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work.
Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division I
Section "Project Management and Coordination."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver exterior plants freshly dug.
l. Immediately after digging up bare-root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable
material to keep root system moist until planting.
Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery, except as approved by Architect. Protect bark, branches,
and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do
not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective
covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not drop exterior plants during delivery.
Handle planting stock by root ball.
Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If
planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants trees in shade, protect from
weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
Heel-in bare-root stock. Soak roots in water for two hours ifdried out.
Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable
material.
Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting.
Water root systems of exterior plants stored on-site with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as
necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition.
COORDINATION
Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with
maintenance periods to provide requircd maintcnancc from date of Substantial Completion.
l. Spring Planting: After May | 5'n ard as weather conditions permit.
2. Fall Planting: Before October l5'n and as weather conditions permit.
Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted wcather conditions
permit.
Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and before planting
lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
c.
D.t
T l.
2.
-t,
B.
c.
1.7
I
t
I
I
t
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Docume nts
I5 October 2(il1
HLM 980071-04 02930-3
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
B.
1.8
1.9
2.1
SECTION 02930 EXTERIOR PLANTS
l. When planting trees and shrubs aller lawns, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage caused
by planting operations.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Warrant thc following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicatcd, against
defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except fbr defects resulting from lack of adequate
maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control.
l. Wananty Period for Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Ground Cover and Plants: Six months from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Remove dead exterior plants immediately. Replace immediately unless required to plant in the
succeeding planting season.
4. Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condidon at end of
warranty period.
5. A limit of one replacement of each exterior plant will be required, except for losses or
replacements due to failure to comply with requirements.
MAINTENANCE
Trees and Shrubs: Maintain for the following maintenance period by pruning, cultivating, watering,
weeding, fertilizing, restoring planting saucers, tightening and repairing stakes and guy supports, and
resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray as
required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace damaged fee wrappings.
l. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
Ground Cover and Plants: Maintain for the following maintenance period by watering, weeding,
fertilizing, and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings:
l. Maintenance Period: Six months iiom date of Substantial Comoletion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
TREEAND SHRUB MATERIAL
General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI 260. 1, with healthy root systems
developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, hcalthy, vigorous stock
free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and
disfigurement.
Crade: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades complying with ANSI 2;60.1 for type of trees and
shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a largcr size may be used if acceptable to Architcct, with a
proportionate increase in size of roots or balls.
Label each tree and shrub with securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical
and common name.
D. Labcl at least one tree and one shrub of each varicty and caliper with a securely attached, watcrproof tag t
bearing legiblc dcsignation of botanical and common namc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uctio n Do c u me nts
15 October 2001
I
I
HLM 980071-04 02930-4
I sEcrroNo2e3o EXTERIOR PLANTS
E. If formal arrangements or consccutivc order of lrees or shrubs is shown, select stock for uniform height
and spread, and number label to assure symmetry in planting.
t 2.2 SHADE AND FLOWERTNG'I'RBES
r A. Shade Trees: Single-stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced crown, and intact leader, of height and
I caliper indicated, complying with ANSI 2;60.1 for type of trees required.
B. Small Upright Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of
I caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI 260.1.
I C. Multistem Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of
I caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI 260.1.
I
2.3 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS
I A. Form and Size: Deciduous shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and
measured according to ANSI '26O.l for type, shape, and height ofshrub.
r 2.4 coNIFERous EVERGREENS
I A. Form and Size: Normal4uality, well-balanced, coniferous evergreens, of type, height, spread, and shapef required, complying with ANSI 250.1.
I 2.s BROADLEAFEVERCREENS
I A. Form and Size: Normal-quality, well-balanced, broadleaf evergreens, of type, height, spread, and shape
t required, complying with ANSI 260.1.
I 2.6 GROUND COVER PLANTS
I A. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots or similar
I containers, and complying with ANSI 7.6O.1 and the following rcquircments:
r l. English Ivy (Hedera Helix or Baltica): 2-l l4-inch (57-mm) pot size with a minimum of I runner
not less than 8 inches (200 mrn) long.
I 2. English Ivy (Hedera Helix or Baltica): 3-inch (75-mm) pot size with a minimum of 2 runners not
t less than 10 inches (250 mm) long.
3. Dwarf Periwinkle (Vinca Minor): 2-114-inch (57-mm) pot size with a minimum of 3 to 6 runners
not less than 6 to 8 inches ( 150 to 200 mm) long.
I 4. Dwarf Periwinkle (Vinca Minor): 3-inch (75-mm) pot size with a minimum of 6 to 8 runners nott less than 8 to l0 inches (200 to 250 mm) long.
5. Japanese Spurge (Pachysandra Terminalis): 2-l /4-inch (57-mm) pot size with I or more stems.
I 6. Japanese Spurge (Pachysandra Terminalis): 3-inch (75-mm) pot;ize with 2 or more stems.
t 7. Japanese Spurge (Pachysandra Tcrminalis): 4-inch (100-mm) pot size with 3 or more stems.
I B. Dichondra: Provide dichondra seed with 99 percent minimum pure seed, not less than 85 percent
I germination, and not more than 0.25 percent weed seed.
._. HLM 980071-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER 02930_5
I Construction Documents
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
c.
B.
2.7
SECTION 02930 EXTERIOR PI-ANTS
Dichondra: Provide dichondra plants grown in flats and suitable for cutting into plugs.
PLANTS
Annuals: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed. Provide only plants
that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not yet in bloom.
Perennials: Provide healthy, field-grown plants from a commercial nursery, of specics and variety shown
or listed.
Fast-Growing Vines: Provide vines of species indicated complying with requirements in ANSI 260.1 as
follows:
l. Two-year plants with heavy, well-branched tops, witb not less than 3 runners 18 inches (450 mm)
or more in length, and with a vigorous well-developed root system.
2. Provide field-grown vines. Vines grown in pots or other containers of adequate size and
acclimated to outside conditions will also be acceptable.
TOPSOL
Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 4 percent organic material content; free of
stones I inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
l. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site. Verifr suitability of stockpiled surface soil
to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other
extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content
35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through [l-inch (25-mm)] [3/4-inch (f9-mm)] [l/2-inch(13-mm)l sieve; soluble salt content of 5 to l0 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent incrt
contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
| . Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or source-
separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of
3.4 to 4.8.
Peat: Fincly divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially decomposed
moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing capacity of I100 to 2000 percent.
Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood wastc; ol' uniform
texturc, frge of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
l. ln licu of dccomposcd wood derivatives, mix partially decomposed wood derivatives with at least
0. | 5 lb (2.4 kg) of ammonium nitrate or 0.25 lb (4 kg) of ammonium sulfate per cubic {bot (cubic
meter) of loose sawdust or ground bark,
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc uments
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
2.8
2.9
HLM 980071-04 02930-6
I SECTION 02930 EXTERIORPLANTS
2.10
A.
B.
C.
Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume
of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, and
material harmful to plant growth.
FERTILIZER
Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent
phosphoric acid.
Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixturc, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and
slow-rclease nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde,
phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
l. Composition:1lb/l000sq.ft.(0.45kg192.9sq.m)ofactualnitrogen,4percentphosphorous,and
2 percent potassium, by weight.2. Composition: Niaogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports
from a qualified soil+esting agency.
Slow-Release Fertilizer: Cranular or pelleted t'ertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen,
phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, l0 percent phosphorous, and l0 percent potassium, by weight.2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports
from a qualified soil-testing agency.
MI.ILCHES
Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitablc as a top dressing of trees and shrubs.
Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture
content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through l-inch (25-mm) sieve; soluble salt
content of 5 to l0 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances
toxic to plantings.
WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS
Polyethylene Sheeting: ASTM D 4397 , black,0.006-inch- (0. l5-mm-) minimum thickness.
Nonwoven Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric,3 oz./sq. yd. (l0l g/sq. m) minimum.
composite Fabric: woven, ncedle-punched polypropylene substrate bonded to a nonwoven
polypropylene fabric, 4.8 oz./sq. yd. (162 g/sq. m).
STAKES AND CUYS
I
I
t
I
I
I
l_,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
z-l I
A.
B.
2.12
A.
B.
C.
z.t-)
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
HLM 98C071-04 02930-7
SECTION 02930 I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
a.
b.
d.
B.
D.
B.
3.1
EXTERIOR PIA.NTS
Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new hardwood, redwood, or pressure-preservative-trcated
sofiwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2 by 2 inches (50 by 50 mm) by length
indicated, pointed at one end.
Guy and Tie Wire: ASTM A 64IlA 641M, Class l, galvanized-steel wire, 2-strand, twisted, 0.106 inch
(2.7 mm) in diameter.
Cuy Cable: 5-strand, 3/16-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, galvanized-steel cable, with zinc-coated
turnbuckles, a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) long, with two 3/8-inch (1O-mm) galvanized eyebolts.
Hose Chafing Guard: Reinforced rubber or plastic hose at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) in diameter, black, cut
to lengths required to protect tree trunks from damage.
Flags: Standard surveyor's plastic flagging tape, white,6 inches (l50mm) long.
LANDSCAPE EDGINGS
Steel Edging: Standard commercial-steel edging, rolled edge, fabricated in sections of standard lcngths,
with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes.
L Edging Size: U4 inch (6.4 mm) wide by 5 inches (125 mm) deep.2. Stakes: Tapered steel, a minimum of 12 inches (3{X) mm long.3. Accessories: Standard tapered ends, corners, and splicers.4. Finish: Zinc coated.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Steel Edging:
E.
2.14
A,
Border Concepts, Inc.
Collier Metal Specialties, Inc
Russell, J. D. Company (The).
Ryerson Tull, Inc.
Sureloc Aluminum Edging Corporation.
PART 3 - IJXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas to receive extcrior plants lbr compliance with requirements and conditions affecting
installation and performance. Proceed with installation only aftcr unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION I
A. Protect structures, utilitics, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and existing exterior Iplants from damage caused by planting opcrations.
VAIL VA I,LEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc uments
I5 October 2001
I
I
HLM 980071-04 02930-8
B.
c.
D.
J.J
I
t.
I
t
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02930 EXTERIORPIANTS
Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-
bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple exterior plantings. Stake locations,
outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Architect's acceptance of layout before
planting. Make minor adjustments as required.
I-ay out exterior plants at locations directed by Architect. Stake locations of individual trees and shrubs
and outline areas for multiple plantings.
Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks,
branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and transportation.
l. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leai spray with antidesiccant at nursery before
moving and again two weeks after planting.
PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT
Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm. Remove stones larger than
1-112 inches (3E mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and
legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine
texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.
TREE AND SHR{,JB EXCAVATION
Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center area raised
slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base. Scarify sides of plant pit
smeared or smoothed during excavation.
l. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for plant stock.
2. Excavate at least 12 inches (300 mm) wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate
vertical roots for barc-root stock.
3. If drain tile is shown or required under planted areas, excavate to top of porous backfill over tile.
Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are
encountered in excavations.
l. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch- (150-mm-) diamctcr holes into free-draining strata or to a depth of
10 feet (3 m), whichever is less, and backfill with free-draining material.
Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in trec
or shrub pits.
Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs.
TREE AND SHRI.IB PLANTINC
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
I
t;
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
a-
3.4
B,
A.
B.
D.
3.5
I
HLM 980071-04 02930-9
SECTION 02930 EXTERIOR PIANTS
Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball I inch (25 mm)
above adjacent finish grades
l. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls and partially from sides, but do not
remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, ifany, before setting. Do not use planting stock if
root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation.
2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When pit is approximatcly one-half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing
remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Watcr again after placing
and tamping final layer of planting soil mix.
Set balled and potted stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball I inch (25 mm)
above adjacent finish grades.
l. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant.
2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing
remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after placing
and tamping final layer ofplanting soil mix.
Organic Mulching: Apply 3-inch (75-mm) average thickness of organic mulch extending 12 inches (300
mm) beyond edge of planting pit or trench. Do not place mulch within 3 inches (75 mm) of trunks or
stems.
Wrap trees of 2-inch (50-mrn) caliper and larger with trunk-wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral
cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach
without causing girdling. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation; take
corrective measures required before wrapping.
TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING
Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs as directed by Architect.
Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs according to standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain
required height and spread. Unless otherwise indicated by Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only
injured or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain natural character. Shrub sizes
indicated are sizes after pruning.
GUYING AND STAKING
Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inch (50- through 125-mm) caliper. Stake trces
of less than 2-inch (50-mm) caliper only as required to prevent wind tip-out. Use a minimum of 2 stakes
of length required to penetrate at least l8 inches (450 mm) below bottom of backfilled excavation an{ to
extend at least 72 inches (1830 mm) above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root
balls or root masses. Support trees with two strands ol'tie wire encased in hose sections at contact points
with tree trunk. Allowenough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. Usc thc nunrber of stakes as follows:
I . Use 2 stakes for trees up to 12 feet (3.6 m) high and 2-l/2 inchcs (63 mm) or less in caliper; 3
stakes for trees less than l4 feet (4.2 m) high and up to 4 inches ( | 00 mm) in caliper. Space stakcs
equallv around trccs.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc uments
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C,
D.
B.
3.6
J.T
HLM 980071-04 02930-10
I sECrroN o2e.o EXTERIORPLANTS
B. Guying and Staking: Guy and stake trees exceeding 14 feet (4.2 m) in height and more than 3 inches (75
mm) in caliper, unless otherwise indicated. Securely attach no fewer than 3 guys to stakes 30 inches (760
mm) long, driven to $ade.
l. For lrees more than 6 inches (150 mm) in caliper, anchor guys to pressure-preservative-treated
deadmen 8 inchcs (200 mm) in diameter and 48 inches (1200 mm) long buried at least 36 inches
(900 mm) below grade. Provide turnbuckles for each guy wire and tighten securely.2. Attach flags to each guy wire, 30 inches (760 mm) above finish grade.3. Paint turnbuckles with luminescent white oaint.
I 3.8 PLANTERS
I A. Planters: Place a layer of gravel at least 4 inches (l0O mm) thick in bottom of planters, cover with
I nonwoven fabric, and fill with planter soil mix. Place soil in lightly compacted layers to an elevation of
l-l/2 inches (38 mm) below top of planter, allowing natural settlement.
I l. Planter Soil Mix: One part topsoil, one part coarse sand, one part peat, and 3 lb (1.36 kg) ofI dolomitic limestone per cubic yard (cubic meter) of mix.
I 3.9 cRoLrND COVER AND PLANT PLANTTNG
A. Set out and space ground cover and plants as indicated.
B. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots, and backfill with planting soil.
C. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold
water.
D. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
E. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from
transplanting shock.
3.IO PLANTINC BED MULCHING
A. Install wecd-control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).
B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated.
l. Organic Mulch: Apply 3-inch (75-mm) average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with
adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems.
3.11 EDCINGINSTALLATION
A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches (760 mm) apart, driven below top elevation of
edging.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
HLM e8007r-04 VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n D oc ame nts
I5 October 2001
I
02930-tr
SECTION 02930
3.12
A.
B.
EXTERIORPI-ANTS
CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
During exterior planting, keep adjacent pavings and construction clean and work area in an orderly
condition.
Protect exterior plants liom damage due to landscape operations, op€rations by other contractors and
trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or
replace damaged exterior planting.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.I3 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02930
VAIL VALI.EY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 02930-12
t
1-
DIVISION3.INDEX
DIYISION 3 - CONCRETE
I NorusED
I Er\D
I
I
I
t
t
l*l'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HI,IV 9&N7144 VNL VAILET MEDICAL CENTEN
Consndion Docwne6
15 October2ml
DIVISION 4.INDEX
DIVISION 4 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
04860...........STONEVENEERASSEMBLrES.............. -........ 13t
END
t
I
I
t
I
l-
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
. HLM98OO7I.O4 VAILVALIBYMEDICALCENTER
Constnrction Documents
15 October 2001r
I sECrroN M72o CAST STONE
SECTION 04720 - CAST STONE
I PARr r-.ENERAL
t r.r RELATEDDocuMENTs
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I
Division I Specification Secrions, apply to this Section.
r 1.2 SUMMARY
- A. This Section includes the followins:
I I . Cast stone windowsills.I 2. Cast stone lintels.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 4 Section 04860 "Stone Veneer Assemblies."
I 1.3 DEFINTTIoNS
l'=', A. Cast Stone: Architcctural precast concrete building units intended to simulate natural cut stone.
I
l
- t.4 suBMrrrALS
I A. Product Data: Include construction tJetails, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, and finishes for cast stone units.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast stone units. Include dimensions;
details of reinforcement and anchorages, if any; and indication of finished faces.
I l. Include building elevations showing layout of units and locations ofjoints and anchors.
C. Samples: For each color and texture ofcast stone required, 10 inches (250 mm) square in size.It D. Samples for Initial Selection: For colored mortar, showing the full range of colors available.
I E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
I capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specificd.
I l. Include copies of material tcst rcports fbr completed pro.lects, indicating compliance of cast stoneI with ASTM C 1364.
I F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
I compliance of cast stone with requircments indicatcd.
l*
HLM e8007r-M VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tructia n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
04720-t
SECTION U72O I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
CAST STONE
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Manufacturer Qualilications: A firm experienced in manufacturing cast stone units similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to manufacture requircd units.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independcnt tcsting agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to
conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations for Cast Stone: Obtain cast stone units through one source liom a single
manufacturer.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color,
from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each
aggregate.
t.5
1.6 DELTVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Pack, handle, and ship cast stone units in suitable packs or pallets.
l. Lift with wide-belt slings; do not use wire rope or ropes that might cause staining.
stone units, if required, using dollies with wood supports.
2. Store cast stone units on wood skids or pallets with nonstaining, waterproof covers.
distribute weight evenly and to prevent damage to units. Ventilate under covers
condensation.
Move cast
Arrange to
ro prevent
Store installation materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
Store mortar aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
COORDINATION
Coordinate production and delivery of cast stone with unit masonry work to minimize the need for on-site
storage and to avoid delaying the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Availablc Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliancc with rcquirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Cobo Architectural Cast Stone (Lakewood, CO).
2. Colorado Precast Concrete (Loveland, CO).
3. Denver Architcctural Precast Inc (Henderson, CO).
4. Approved equal.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uctio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
B.
C.
1.7
2.1
A.
B.
HLM 980071-04 M720-2
t s*crroN 04720 CAST STONE
1- 2.2 cAsr sroNE MATERIAL.
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1364 and the following:
I B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested
according ro ASTM C I14.
I C. Coarse Aggregates: Granite, quartz, or limestone complying with ASTM C 33; gradation as needed to
produce required textures.
I D. Finc Aggregates: Manufactured or natural sands complying with ASTM C 33, gradation as needed toI produce required textures.
I E' Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by the manufacturer to be comparible with other
I admixtures used.
I l. Add 1o mixes for units exposed to the exterior at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in an air
content of 5 to 7 percent.
I
F. Reinforcement: Deformed steel bars complying with ASTM A 615/A 615M.
I
I l. EpoxyCoating: ASTM A7751A775M.2. Galvanized Coating: ASTM A767/A767M.
I G. Embedded Anchors and Other Inserts: Fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A276 ort ASTMA666, Type 304.
-
I 2.3 CAST STONE {.lNrTS
r A. Provide cast stone units complying with ASTM c 1364.
I l. Provide units that are resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by laboratory testing
according to ASTM C 666, Procedure A, as modificd by ASTM C 1364.
I B. Reinforce units as indicated and as required by ASTM C 136a. Use galvanized or epoxy-coated
reinforcement when covered with less than l-ll2 inches (38 mm) of material.
I C. Fabricate units with sharp anis and details accurately reproduced with indicated texture on all exposedr surfaces, unless otherwisJ indicated.
I . Slope exposed horizontal surfaces at least 1:12, unless otherwise indicated.2. Provide raised frllets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs.
3. Provide drips on projecting elements, unless otherwise indicated.
I D. Cure and finish units as follows:
l. Cure units in totally enclosed curing room undcr dense fog and water spray at 95 perccnt relative
humidity for 24 hours.
2. Yard cure units until the sum of the mean daily temperatures for each day equals or exceeds 350
deg F.
I 3. Acid etch units to remove cement film from surfaces indicated to be finished.
- E. Colors and Textures: As selected by Architect lrom manufacturer's full rangc for these characteristics.r VAIL VALLEY M EDICA L CENTER
Constructian Doc ume nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
t
HLM 980071-04 u720-3
SECTION 04720 CAST STONE
MORTAR MATERIALS
Provide mortar materials that comply with Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry."
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction.
Provide natural color, white, or a blend to produce mortar color indicated.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C | 50, Type I or
Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207.
l. For pigmented mortars, use colored portland cementlime mix of formulation required to produce
color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations.
Pigments shall not exceed l0 percent of portland cement by weight for mineral oxides or 2 percent
for carbon black.
Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
1. For pigmented mortars, use colored masonry cements of formulation required to produce color
indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments
shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight for mineral oxides or 1 percent for carbon
black.
Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.
I. For pigrnented mortars, use colored mortar cements of formulation required to produce color
indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments
shall not exceed 5 percent of mortar cement by weight for mineral oxides or I percent for carbon
black.
Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144.
l. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural, white sand or ground, white stone.2. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural, colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound
stone; as required to match Architect's sample.
Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar
mixes. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.
Water: Potable.
ACCESSORIES
Anchors: Type and size indicated, fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A276 or
ASTM A 666, Type 304.
Dowels: Round stainless-stccl bars complying with ASTM A 276,Type 304, I l}-inch ( I 2-mm) diameter.
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of l/2 cup (125 mL) of dry-measure tetrasodium potyphosphate
awJ l/2 cup ( 125 mL) of dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal. (4 L) of water.
VAI L VALLEY M EDI CAL C ENTER
C o nstr uc tio n Do c ume nt s
l5 October 2001
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
G.
H,
A.
IF.
2.5
B,
c.
HLM 980071-04 04720-4
I CAST STONE
Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturert standard-strength, general-purpose cleaner designed for
removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other construction stains from new masonry surfaces
without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cast stone
manufacturer and expressly approvcd by cleaner manufacturer for use on cast stone and adjacent masonry
materials.
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be used to clean
unit masonry surfaces include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. 202 New Masonry Detergent; Diedrich Technologies, Inc.b. 202V Vana-Stop; Diedrich Technologies, Inc.
c. Sure Klean No.600 Detergent; ProSoCo, Inc.
d. Sure Klean Vana Trol: ProSoCo. Inc.
MORTAR MIXES
Comply with requirements in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for mortar mixes.
PART3 -DGCUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cast stone.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments
indicated or necessary to secure units in place. Set units accurately in locations indicated with edges and
faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.
Point mortar joints by placing and compacting mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch (10 mm).
Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness,
unless otherwise indicated.
Provide expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated.
l. Sealingjoints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
2. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
SECTION 04720
3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed l/8 inch in l0 feet (3 mm in 3 m) or more.
B. Variation from Lcvcl: Do not exceed l/8 inch in l0 feet (3 mm in 3 m), maximum.
HLM 980071-04 VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTER
C onstructia n Documents
I5 October 2(NI
L D.
A.
2.6
3.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
D.
3.2I
I
I
I
t
I
I
A.
B.
t"
I
04720-5
SECTION 04720
C,
CAST STONE
Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than l/8 inch in 36 inches (3 mm in 900 mm)
or one-fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less.
Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces (Lipping): Do not exceed l/16-inch (1.5-mm) differcnce
between planes of adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching approved Samples.
Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect.
Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved Samples, complying with other
requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before
tooling joints.
Final cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed cast stone as follows:
l. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or
chisels.
2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable
masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.
3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing
thoroughly with clear water.
4. Clean cast stone by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes
No. 20 Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution.
5. Clean cast stone with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's wrinen
instructions.
END OF SECTION 04720
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C onstructio n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
l
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
D.
3.4
HLM 980071-04 04720-6
I s*CrroNo4s6o STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
SECTION 04860. STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
I PART I -CENERAL
r r.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
r A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions andI Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.r
I 1.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes stone veneer in the following applications:
I 1. Anchored to cold-formed metal framing and sheathing.I
B. Related Sections include the following:
f l. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation installed between stone venecr assemblies
and backup material
l.\I '2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing.
C. Products installed, but not furnished, in this Section include the following:r'..
a ., l. Steel lintels and shelf angles for stone veneer assemblies specified in Division 5 Section "Metal
r\ 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Producr Data: For each type of product indicated.I
l. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include data on physical properties specified or
required by refercnced ASTM standards.
B. Stone Samples for Verification: For eae,r color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required.
I C. Colored Mortar Samples for Verification: For each color required.I
D. List of Materials Uscd in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with
I manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, sources of supply, and other information as required to
I identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and source of aggregates.
I l. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockups conslitutesr ;llil;llJ,i#:xHl'"iiilh:"#.;T,"?::,T"#i'lJ]"' such deviarions are specinca'v
Ir VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Doc a me nts
I5 October 2001
t
HLM 980071-04 M860-1
SECTION 04860
C.
STONEVENEERASSEMBLIES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
a.
b.
2.
3.
B,
D.
B.
D.
1.4
| .:)
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An installcr who employs experienced stone masons and stonc fittors who are
skilled in installing stone voneer assemblies similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project and whose projects have a record ol successful in-service performance.
Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain stone from a single quarry with resources to provide materials of
consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar
component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer.
Mockups: Build mockups to veriry seleclions madc under sample Submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
l. Build mockups for cach type of stone veneer assembly in sizes approximately 48 inches (1200
mm) long by 48 inches (120O mm) high by full thickness, including face and backup.
a. Include stone coping at top of mockup.
b. Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch (600-mm) length in corner of mockup
approximately 16 inches (400 mm) down from top of mockup, with a l2-inch (30o-mm)
length offlashing left exposed to view (omit stone veneer above half of flashing).
Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of mortar and
sealant colors to stone colors; tooling ofjoints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship.
Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities specitically
approved by Architect in writing.
Approval of mockups docs not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations arc specifically approved by
Architect in writinc.
4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial
Completion.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use
cementitious matcrials that have become damp.
Storc aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can bc maintained and contamination
avoided.
Deliver preblended, dry mortar nrix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying
into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery conl.ainers on clcvated platforms,
under cover, and in a dry location or in a me(al dispensing silo with weatherproof cover.
Store masonry accessories, including metal itcms, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.
VAII, VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 04860-2
1.6
I
I
SECTION 04860 STON E VENEER ASSBMBLIES
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Protection of Stone Veneer Assemblies: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills
with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone vcneer assemblies
when construction is not in progress.
l. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover securelv in
place.
B. Stain Prevention: Imrnediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face of stone
veneer assemblies.
I' Protect base of walls liom rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the
ground and over the wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3. Protect surfaccs of window and door frames, as well as similar products with paintcd and integral
finishes, from mortar droppings.
4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at end of each day to prevent rain from splashing
mortar and dirt on completed stone veneer assemblies.
Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone veneer assemblies damaged
by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in
Section 2104.3 of the Uniform Building Code.
l. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4
deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after
completing cleaning.
Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACr 530. t/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
STONE SOURCES
Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of the following variety
and from thc following source:
l. Stone Type: Masonville Bufi or Architect approved equivalent from a regional quarry.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introducc lists, the following requirements apply
for product sclection:
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to. the Droducrs soecilied.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstr uctio n Doc ume nts
15 october 2001
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
C.
D.
2.1
I
HLM 980071-04 04860-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.3
SECTION 04860 STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
MORTARMATERIALS
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Typc III may be uscd for cold-weather construction.
Provide natural color or white cement as rcquired to produce mortar color indicated.
l. Low-Alkali Ccment: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C I 14.
For pigmented mortar, use a colored cement formulation as required to produce color indicated or, if not
indicated, as selected fiom manufacturer's standard formulations.
l. Pigments shall be composed of natural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar
mixes, and with a record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortars.
2. Pigments shall not exceed l0 percent of portland cement by weight.
Mortar Pigments: Natural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and with a
record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mort:us.
Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part of or all gaging water,
of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with job-mixed portland cement
mortar and not containing a retarder.
Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition
indicated.
Water: Potable.
Available Products:
L Colored Mortar Cement:
a. Blue Circle Cement; Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement.
b. Approved equal.
2. Mortar Pigments:
a. Bayer Corporation, Industrial Chemicals Div.; Bayferrox lron Oxide Pigments.
b. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors.
c. Lafarge Corporation; Centurion Pigments.
d. Solomon Colors; SGS Mortar Colors.
e. Approved equal.
3. Cold-WeatherAdmixturc:
a. Euclid Chemical Co.; Accelguard 80.
b. Grace, W. R. & Co., Construction Products Division; Morset.
c. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc.; Trimix-NCA.
d. Approved equal.
VENEER ANCHORS
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C onstructia n D o c um e nts
I5 October 2001
D.
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
F.
c.
.\A
HLM 98007r-04 04860-4
I SECTION 04860
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
0
h.
l.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
Materials:
l. Stainless-SteelSheet: ASTMA666,Type [304]t3161.
Adjustable, Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wirc tic section and/or a metal anchor
section that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of
wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows:
l. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a l5Olbf (445-N) load in both
tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch ( 1.3 mm).
2. Anchor Section: Rib-stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 2-314 inches
(70 mm) wide by 3 inches (75 mm) high; with projecting tabs having slotted holes for inserting
vertical legs of wire tie specially formed to fit veneer anchor section.
Stainless-Steel Drill Screws for Stccl Studs: Proprietary fastener consisting of carbon-steel drill point and
300 Series stainless-steel shank, complying with ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer
head and neoprene washer, No. 10 (4.8-mm diameter), in length required to penetrate steel stud flangc by
not less than 3 exposed threads.
Available Products:
l. Adjustable,Screw-AttachedVeneerAnchors:
B.
D.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
2.5
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
Stainless-Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs:
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; Stainless Steel SX Fastener.
Approved equal.
EMBEDDED FLASHINC MATERIALS
Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and below:
l. Copper: lO-oz./sq. ft. (3-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0135 inch (0.34 mm) thick for fully concealed
flashing; l6-oz./sq. 11. (5-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.02 l6 inch (0.55 mm) thick elsewhere.
2. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry with sawtooth or dovetail ribs at 3-
inch (75-mm) intervals along lcngth of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond-
3. Fabricate metal expansion-joint strips to shape indicated.
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior CompanyiDl{2l3.
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; D/A 210 with D/A 700-708.
Heckmann Building Products, Inc.;315-D with 316.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-10.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-l0HS.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-10-X.
Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; 10O1, Type III.
Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; RJ-7 I l.
Approved equal.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n D o c u me nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 04860-5
SECTION 04860
c.
4. Fabricate metal flashing terminations to extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to
exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3l4inch (19 mm) and
then down into joint 3/8 inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.
Contractor's Option for Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use metal
llashing specified above. For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use one of the following, unless
otherwise indicated:
I . Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Manufacturer's standard composite flashing product
consisting of a polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick layer
of rubberized-asphalt adhesive.
a. Provide flashing as a complete system with preformed corners, end dams, other special
shapes, and seaming materials all produced by flashing sheet manufacturer.
2. EPDM Flashing: Manufacturer's standard flashing product formed from a terpolymer of ethylene-
propylene-diene, complying with ASTM D 4637,0.040 inch (1.0 mm) rhick.
Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing
and Trim."
Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard prducts or
products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to
substrates.
Available Products:
l. Metal Flashing:
a. Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Dovetail).
b. Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Sawtooth).
c. Keystone Flashing Co.; Keystone 3-Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing.d. Approved equal.
2. ElastomericThermoplasticFlashing:
a. Hyload Cloakcd Flashing System; Hyload Flashing Membrane.
b. Approved equal.
3. EPDM Flashing:
a. Firestone Building Products; FlashGuard.
b. Approved equal.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Crade 2Al ; compressible up
to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from nconrcnc. urethanc. or pVC.
B. Weep Holes:
L Round Plastic Tubing: Medium-density polyethylene, 3/8-inch ( lO-mm) OD by thickness of stone
vcnecr assembly I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
I5 October 2001
STONEVENEERASSEMBLIES T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
D.
2.6
I
I
HLM 98007r-04 04860-6
I SECTION 04860 STON E VENEER ASSEMBLI ES
2. Plastic Weep Hole/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV-resistant polypropylene
copolymer, designed to fill head joint with outside face held back l/8 inch (3 mm) from exterior
face of stone veneer, in color selected from manufacturer's standard.Stone below is 3/4- to 3/8-
inch (19- to lO-mm) nominal-size material.
Available Products:
I . Plastic Ween Hole/Vent:
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; Cell Vent.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #QV Quadro-Vent.
Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; Cell Vent.
Approved equal.
MASONRY CLEANERS
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 112-cup (0.14-L) dry-measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and
l/2-cup (0.14-L) dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal. (4 L) of water.
Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without
discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by stone producer.
l. Available hoducts:
Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; l0lC Granite, Terra Cotta, and Brick Cleaner.
Diedrich Technologies, lnc.;2O2 New Masonry Detergent.
Dominion Restoration, Inc.; DR-60 Stone and Masonry Cleaner.
Hydrochcmical Techniques, Inc.; Hydroclean Brick, Granite, Sandstone and Terra Cotta
Cleaner (HT-626).
ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent.
ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean Restoration Cleaner.
Approved equal.
STONE FABRICATION
Ceneral: Fabricate stone in sizes and shapes necessary to comply with requirements indicated, including
details on Drawings.
Fabrication:
l. Stone shall be cleft at face and back, and snap cut at all edges.
2. Cua stone to produce pieces of thickness, sizc, and shape as per an industry standard '7C" panern
for /2" joints and to comply with fabrication and construction tolerances recommended by
applicable stone association or, if none, by stone source, for faces, edges, beds, and backs.
3. Stone piece sizes shall range from l2"x 12" to 24"x 30" in typical variations for specified pattern.
Thickness of Stone Veneer: Provide thickness indicatcd, but not less than the following:
l. Thickness: 2 Vz" ninimum, nominal, except where otherwise indicatcd as a thicker section.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstructio n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
B.
J'7
I
I
I
I
I
I
l^.
I
l_
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
a.
b.
d.
a.
b.
d.
f.
c.
2.8
B.
I
HLM 980071-04 4860-7
SECTION 04860 STON E VEN EER ASS EM BLIES
Dress joints (bcd and vertical) straight and at right angle to face, unless otherwise indicated.
Finish exposcd faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to match
approved samples and mockups.
MORTAR MIXES
General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-
repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
L Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar, regardless of weather conditions,
to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before
adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that
will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for one
to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency.
Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.
Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure
quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to
Project site.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 2l-15, Proportion Specihcation.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 2l- 15, Property Specification.
L Extended-Life Mortar: Mortar complying with ASTM C ll42 may be used instead of mortar
specified above, at Contractor's option.
2. Limit cementitious materials in morta.r to portland cement, mortar cemcnt, and lime.
Latex-Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and
latex additive to comply with latex-additive manufacturer's written instructions.
TJNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
Felts: ASTM D 226. 30# asphalt-saturated oreanic felts.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.9
B.
c.
D.
2.to
A.
2.II SUBSTRATE BOARDS
A. 5/8" exterior grade non-combustible plywood.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o ns t r u c tio n Do c ume nts
I5 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 04860-8
t SECTION 04860 STON E VEN EER ASSEMBLI ES
Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone veneer assemblies, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
l. Examine substrate to verify that dovetail slots, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing,
and other items installed in unit masonry or concrcte and re<;uired for or extending into stone
veneer assemblies are correctly installed,
2. Examine wall framing, sheathing, and building paper or building wrap to verify that stud locations
are suitable for spacing of veneer anchors and that installation will result in a weatherproof
covering.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, veneer
anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone veneer assemblies.
Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of building paper or building wrap before beginning stone
installation.
Coat concrete backup with asphalt dampproofing.
Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before setting. Clean
stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only mild
cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives.
SETTING OF STONE VENEER. GENERAL
Perform necessary tield cutting as stone is set. Use power saws to cut stone. Cut lines straight and true,
with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to
aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use.
Anange and trim stones for accurate fit in three-course, random-range ashlar pattern with random course
heights, random lengths (interrupted coursed), and uniform joint widths.
Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance.
Sct stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Install veneer anchors, supports, fasteners,
and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stone veneer assemblies in place. Set stone
accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and
indicated tolerances.
F. Maintain uniform joint widths exccpt for variations due to differcnt stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joints not less than ll2 inch
(f3 mm) at widest points.
G. Provide expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints of widths and below all in-wall relief anglcs, and
at vertical conditions between columns and wall planes. Expansion and control joints shall be sealed with
a color sealant to match the mortar joints, and shall bc staggered around stone pieces to conceal the joint.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 Octaber 2001
l.-
B.
D.
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
-l--')
I
HLM 980071-04 u860-9
SECTION 04860
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
L
2.
-'t.
4.
5.
7.
H.
3.4
STONE VEN EER ASSEMBLIES
Keep expansion and pressure-relieving joints free ol' mortar and other rigid matcrials.
Sealing expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."
Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shclf anglcs, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward
flow of water in wall, and where indicated.
l.At cold-formed metal-framed walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through the
veneer, up the face of sheathing at least 8 inches (200 mrn), and behind building paper or building
wrap.
At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing full lcngth of angles but not less than 4 inches (100
mm) into masonry at each end.
At heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches (100 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches
(50 mm) to form a pan.
Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than l-l12 inches
(38 mm) or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant
complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated.
Extend sheet metal flashing l/2 inch (13 mm) beyond face of masonry at exterior and turn flashing
down to form a drip.
Install metal drip edges beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing l/2 inch (13 mm)
back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal drip edge.
Install metal flashing termination beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing 1/2 inch
(13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal flashing termination.
Cut concealed flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed, if
exposed.
Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including at base of cavity walls,
above shelf angles, and at flashing.
L Use round plastic tubing, plastic weep hole/vent, or open head joints to form weep holes.
l. Space weep holes 16 inches (4fi) mm) o.c.
Install vents in venical head joints at the top of each continuous cavity at spacing indicated. Use round
plastic tubing, plastic weep hole/vent, or open head joints to form vents.
L Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicatcd. Install through-
wall flashing and wecp holes above horizontal blocking.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed l/4 inch in l0 feet (6 mm in 3 m),
or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not cxceed
l/4 inch in 20 fcct (6 mm in 6 nr) or morc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co n.struc tio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 04860-10
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
B.
3.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
SECTION 04860 STONE VENEER ASSEM BLIES
Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and
other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or more.
Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed l/2 inch in 20 feet (13 mm
in 6 m) or more.
Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the average plane of the
face ol'each stone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.
Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness
of stone.
Variation in Plane on Face of Individual Stone: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for
thickness of stone.
INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
Anchor stone veneer to cold-formed metal framing with adustable, screw-attached veneer anchors as
follows:
'1. Fasten each anchor section through sheathing to framing with two screws.
Space veneer anchors not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. vertically and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
horizontally. Install additional veneer anchors within 12 inches (300 mm) of openings, sealant joints, and
perimeter at intervals not exceeding 12 inches (300 mrn). Provide a minimum of two anchors per
horizontal stone edge.
Provide Vz" air space between stone vencer assemblies and backup construction, unless otherwise
indicated. Keep air space free of mortar droppings and dcbris.
l. Place mortar spots in cavity at veneer anchors to maintain spacing.
2. Slope beds toward air space to minimize mortar protrusions into air space. As work progresses,
trowel mortar fins protruding into air space flat against back of veneer.
Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than ll2 inch (13 mm) before setting mortar
has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides.
POINTING
Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where
setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar in layers not
more than 3/8 inch (10 mm) deep until a uniform depth is formed.
Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in laycrs not more than 3/8 inch (10 mm)
deep. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard bcfore applying next layer.
Tool joints, whcn pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the
[ollowing joint profi le:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uctio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
c.
D.
B.
3.6
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I'
t
HLM 980071-04 04860-11
SECTION 04860 STO N E VEN EER ASSEMB LI ES
l. Joint Profile: Concave below edges ofjoint.
3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINC
A. Remove and replace stone veneer assemblies of the following description:
l. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and
results are approved by Architect.
2. Defective joints.
3. Stone vcnccr assemblics not matching approved samples and mockups.
4. Stone veneer assemblies not complying with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace in a manner that results in stone veneer assemblies' matching approved samples and mockups,
complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone veneer assemblies as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and
smears hefore tooling joina.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone veneer assemblies as follows:
l. Remove large mor[ar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hocs or
chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes.
Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone veneer assemblies.
3. Protect adacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with
liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing
thoroughly with clear water.
Clean stone veneer assemblies by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA
Technical Note No. 20 Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution.
Clean stone veneer assemblies with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
3.8 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WAS'I'E
A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed hy C)wner for Owner'.s use.
B. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil-
contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with lill material as lill is placcd.
l. Crush masonry waste to lcss than 4 inchcs (100 mm) in grcatcst dintcnsron.
5.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
I
2. Mix ntasonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each
waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
part of masonry
04860-12VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Documents
15 0ctober 2001
HLM 9E007t-04
I sEcrroN 04860
'T,NE,ENEERASSEMBLTES
l"-..' 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within l8 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described
I
above, and othei waste, and legally dispose ofoffOwner's property.
I
ENDoFsEcrroN04s60
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
] -" HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEV MEDTCAL CENTER
I Construction Docurnents
I5 October 2(NI
I
ME6O.I3
DIVISION 5 - INDEX
l--
ISION 5 - METALS
I 055r r...........M8TAL STAIRSI
O572O.,.........ORNAMENTAL HANRAILS AND RAILINGSI
I END
I
I
T
I
l_
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I - HLM98M7|-04 VAILVALLEYMEDICALCENTERt '*;#y;:;;ff;*'
t
I sECrroNossrl STAIRS. RAILINGS AND SHIPS LADDER
.. SECTION O55I I _ STAIRS, RAILINGS AND SHIPS LADDER
I PARTI-GENERAL
I r.r RELATEDDocuMENTSr
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
1.2 STJMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Pan tread channel stringer stairs.
I 2. Handrails and railings.
3. Ships ladder stair.
I B. Related Sections include the following:r
l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete fill for stair treads and platforms.
f| 2. Division 9 Section "Painting"
I
--*1 t.3 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I
A. Structural Performance: Provide metal stairs and handrails capable of withstanding required structural
- loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors
I and connections. Apply each load to produce thc maximum stress in each component of metal stairs andI railings.
I 1. Treads and Platforms of Metal Stairs: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 lbflsq. ft.
I (4.79 kN/sq. m) or a concenrated load of 300 lbf (1.33 kN) on an area of 4 sq. in. (25.8 sq. cm),
whichever produces the greater stress.
r 2. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from loads specified above in addition
I to stresses resulting from railing system loads.
f 3. Limit deflection of treads, platilrms, and framing members to U360 or 1/4 inch (6.4 mm),
whichever is less.
I B. Structural Performancc of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings capable of withstanding
the following structural loads without cxceeding the allowable design working siress of materials for
handrails, railings, anchors, and connections:
Ir L Top Rail of Guards: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated:
I a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction.
f b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m) applied horizontally and concurrently with uniform
Ioad of 100 lbflft. ( | 460 N/m) applicd vertically downward.
c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently.
I
VAIL VALIEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co ns tructio n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 05511-1
SECTION 05511 S?AIRS, MILINGS AND SHIPS IADDER T
1.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
-t.
B.
Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as
indicated:
a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf(890 N) applied at any point and in any direction.
b. Uniform load of 50 lbfift. (730 N/m) applied in any direction.
c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumcd to act concurrently.
Infill Area of Guards: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 tbf (890 N)
applied to I sq. ft. (0.09 sq. m) at any point in system, including panels, intermediate rails,
balusters, or other elements composing infill area.
a. Load above need not be assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails in determining
stress on suards.
SUBMITTALS
| . Product Data: For metal stair design and installation.
Shop Drawings: Drawings showing calculations, fabrication and installation details for metal stairs and
railings. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal stairs and railings, and their connections.
Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation
under other Sections.
l. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with pmject names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Arrange for metal stairs specified in this Section to be fabricated and installed by
the same hrm.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is licensed in Colorado, and who is
':.'perienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as
those performed for installations of metal stairs (including handrails and railing systems) that are similar
to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal stairs similar to those indicated for this
Project and with a record of successful in-scrvice performance, as well as sufficient production capacity
to produce required units.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AwS Dl.l, "structural Welding Code--Steel,"
and AWS D 1.3, "Structural Weldins Code--Shect Steel."
COORDINATION
c.
D.
1.5
B.
D.
1.6
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstru c tio n D o c um e nt s
15 October 2001
HLM 9EOO7I.O4 0551I-2
I sECrroNossil STAIRS. MILINGS AND SIIIPS IADDER
I A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for mctal stairs. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and dircctionsr-- for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrcte inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral
anchors, that arc to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
I installation.
I
1,7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
f A. Store materials above ground and on platforms or other supports. Protect steel from corrosion.
I PART2-PRODUCTS
r 2't srAIR'{{D Till}fttkffi[i]:tu"fntf," compriance wirh requirements.
. 2.2 SHIPS LADDER MANIJFACTI,JRES
I A Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements and as listed belowr! l. O'Keeffee's Inc. San Francisco. CA Series 5202. Architect Approved Equalr
2.3 FERROUS METALS
L.. A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, and other
imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. Do not use steel sheet with variations in flatness
,- exceeding those permitted by referenced standards for stretcher-leveled sheet.
II B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
I C. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500.
I D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by
I
structural loads.
t E. Uncoated, Hot-Rolled Steel She€t: Commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 569l A569M; or
structural quality, complying with ASTM A 5701A 57OM, Grade 30, unless another grade is required by
I design loads.r F. Welding Rods and Brue Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy weldcd.
- 2.4 FASTENERS
I A. Ccneral: Provide zinc-platcd fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 25 forI cxtcrior use, and Class FelZn 5 where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class
_ required.
I 2.5 PAINT
HLM 980071-04 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Do c u me nts
I5 October 2001
I
05s11-3
SECTION 05511
Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Scction "Painting."
All metal stairs, railings and supporting components are to be field painted. Color to be as selected by
Architect.
CAST ABRASIVE NOSINGS
Fabricate units from cast iron in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately
fit openings or conditions. Provide units with an integral abrasive finish consisting of aluminum oxide,
silicon carbide, or a combination of both.
Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with
manufacturer.
Apply bituminous paint to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of units set into concrete.
Provide a flutcd surfaces.
GROUT
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior
and exterior applications.
CONCRETE FILL AND REINFORCING MATERIAIS
Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concrete" for normal-weight, ready-mixed concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3000 psi (20 MPa), unless higher strengths are indicated.
Nonslip-Aggregate Finish: Factory-packaged abrasive aggre9ate made liom fused, aluminum-oxide grits
or crushed emery; rustproof and nonglazing; unaffected by freezing, moisture, or cleaning materials.
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, 6 by 6 inches (152 by 152 mm)--W1.4 by W1.4, unless orherwise
indicated.
D. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, clips, brackets, bearing
plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting
sructure.
F.
l. Join components by welding, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Use connections that maintain structural value ofjoined pieces.
NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with "Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards for Fixcd Metal
Stairs" in NAAMM AMP 5 10, "Metal Stairs Manual," lbr class of stair designated, unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
Shop Assembly: Preassemble stairs in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
asscmbly. Disassemhle units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly nrark units
for reassembly and coordinated installation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Docume nts
15 October 2001
sTArR$ MTLTNGS ANDSnTPS :-ADDER I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
B.
B.
C,
D.
A.
B.
C.
2.6
2.1
2.8
HLM 98007r-04 05511-4
STAIRS, RAILINGS AND SIIIPS IADDER
I
G. Form exposed work truc to line and level with accuratc angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges.
Shcar and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
H. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately ll32 inch (l mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form
bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing
work.
I I. Weld connecrions to comply with the following:I
L Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
I of base metals.
| ? obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
r 4. Weld exposed corners and seams continuously, unless otherwise indicated.
I 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughnessI shows after finishing and contour of welded surface marches that of adjacent surface.
I J. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where
f possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk)
screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
I K. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holesr where water mav accumulate.
I 2.9 STEEL-FRAMED STATRS
I - ' A. Stair Franing: Fabricate stringers of structural-steel channels, plates, or a combination of both, as
I indicated. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. Construct platforms of structural-steel channel
' -' headers and miscellaneous framing members as indicated. Bolt or weld headers to stringers; bolt or weld
framing members to stringers and headers. If using bolts, fabricate and join so bolts are not exposed on
I finished surfaces.
I B. Metal Risers, Subtread Pans, and Subplatforms: Form to configurations shown from steel sheet of
I thickness necessary to support indicated loads, but not less than 0.0677 inch (1.7 mm).
I I. Steel Sheet: Uncoated hot-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated.I 2. Directly weld metal pans to stringers; Iocate welds on side of subtreads to be concealed by
concrete fill. Do not weld risers to stringers.
I 3. Attach risers and subtreads to stringers with brackets made of steel angles or bars. Weld brackets
I to stringers and attach metal pans to brackets by welding, riveting, or bolting.
4. Shape metal pans to include nosing integral with riser.
I 5. Attach cast abrasive nosings to risers. Make nosings full width of tread, with noses flush with
I riser faces and level with tread surfaces.r 6. At Contractor's option, provide stair assemblies with metal-pan subtreads filled with reinforced
concrete during fabrication.
I a. Smooth Soffit Construction: Construct subplatforms with smooth soffits.
I 2.IO STEEL TUBE HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
A. General: Fabricate handrails and railings to comply with requirements indicated for dcsign, dimensions,
I details, Iinish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of tubc, post spacings, and anchorage, but not
I less than that necded to withstand indicated loads.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n D o c ume nt s
I5 October 2001
I sECrroNossrr
I
HLM 980071-04 0551I-5
SECTION 05511 SN TRS, MILINGS AND SHIPS IADDER
L Configuration: l-5/8-inch- (41-mm-) round top and bottom rails, l-ll2-inch- (38-mm-) square
posts, and I l2-inch- ( | 3-mm-) square pickets spaced not more than 4 inches ( 101 mm) clear.
Interconnect members by butt-welding or welding with internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless
otherwise indicated.
l. At tee and cross intersections, cope ends of intersecting members to fit contour of tube to which
end is joined, and weld all around.
Form changes in direction of handrails and rails as follows:
l. By bending.
2. By any method indicated above, applicable to change ofdirection involved.
Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each
repetitive configuration required; maintain cross section of member ttroughout entire bend without
buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.
Close exposed ends ofhandrail and railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of
returns, unless clearance between end of rail and wall is l/4 inch (6 mm) or less.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous
fittings, and anchors for interconnecting railings and for attaching to other work. Furnish inserts and
other anchorage devices for connecting to concrete or masonry work.
l. Connect railing posts to stair framing by direct welding, unless otherwise indicated.
Fillers: Provide fillers made from steel plate, or other suitably crush-resistant material, where needed to
transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish
thicknesses and to produce adequate bearing area to prevent bracket rotation and ovcrstressing of
substrate.
For nongalvanized handrails and railings, provide nongalvanized fenous-metal fittings, brackets,
fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors embedded in exterior masonry and concrcte construction.
ALUMINUM LADDER
Ceneral: Comply with applicable requirements of manufacture and as follows:.
l. Rungs shall be l-l/4" high, 4-ll8" deep and 24" wide. Tread spacing shall be l'-0" on center and
angel of rise shall be as shown on approved drawings. Handrails shall bc aluminum pipe, no less
than l - l/2" in diameter with aluminum cnd caps.
2. Channel sidc rails shall be no less than l/8" wall thickness by 3" wide.
3. Finish shall be mill finish as extruded.
FINISHES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
F.
c.
2.tl
A.
2.12
A. Comply with NAAMM'S "Metal Finishcs Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" Ibr
recommendations lbr applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish rnctal stairs after assembly. I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n D o c ume nt s
I5 October 2001 I
I
HLM 98007r-04 0551t-6
I SECTION 05511 S?AIRS, MILINGS AND SHIPS I-ADDER
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum
requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure
conditions of installed products:
I. Interiors (SSPC Zone IA): SSPC SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of metal stair componcnts, unless otherwise indicated. Comply
with SSPC-PA l, "Paint Application Specification No. |," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied
to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonrv.
Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.
Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edgcs.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for
securing metal stairs to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry
inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs.
Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and
free from rack.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
l. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness
shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matchcs that ofadiacent surface.
Install precast treads with adhesive supplied by manufacturer.
INSTALLING STEEL TUBE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS
l. Adjust handrails and railing systems before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting
joints. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loads. Plumb
posts in each direction.
INSTALLING ALI,JMINUM SHIPS LADDER
l. Install per manufactures recommendations.
ADJUSTINC AND CLEANING
Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clcan lield welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with
SSPC-PA I for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
C.
D.
B.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
3.2
J.J
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
c.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 05511-7
SECTION O55II STATRS, RAILINGS AND SHIPS I.ADDER
l. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness.
Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to
comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION O55I I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tia n D o c ume nts
15 October 2(MI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
B.
HLM 980071-M 05511-8
I SECTION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
PART I - GENERAL
RELATED DOCTJMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
S{JMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Iron ornamental handrails and railinss.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Ceneral: In engineering handrails and railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine
allowable design working stresses of materials based on the following:
l. Cold-Formed Sructural Steel: AISI SG-673, Part I, "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed
Steel Structural Members."
Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings capable of withstanding
structural loads required by ASCE 7 without exceeding allowable design working stress of materials for
handrails, railings, anchors, and connections.
Thermal Movements: Provide handrails and railings that allow for thermal movements resulting from the
following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening
of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base
engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-
sky heat loss.
l. Temperature Change (Range): 120 dcg F (67 deg C), ambienr; 180 deg F (100 deg C), marerial
surfaces.
Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of conosion by insulating metals and
other materials from dircct contact with incompatible materials.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For manufacturcr's product lines of handrails and railings assembled from standard
components.
l. Include Product Data for grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. Include plans, elevations,
sections, details. and attachments to other Work.
l. For installed handrails and railings indicated to comply with design loads, include structural
analysis data signed and sealed by the qualificd prof'essional engineer responsible for their
preparatlon.
HLM 98OO7I-(M VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Constructio n Doc ume rrts
15 October 2001
B.
t.l
1.2
1.3
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
D.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t-
I
05720-t
SECTION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
Samples for Verification: For each type ol'exposed finish rcquired, prepared on components indicated
below and ol same thickness and metal indicated for the Work. If finishes involve normal color and
texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.
l. 6-inch- (150-mm-) long sections ofeach different linear railing member, including handrails, top
rails, posts, and balusters.
2. Fittings and brackets.
3. Welded connections.
4. Brazed connections.
5. Assembled Samples of railings, made from full-size components, including top rail, post, handrail,
and infill. Show method of finishing members at intersections. Samples need not be full height.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Product Test Reports: Indicating products comply with rcquirements, based on comprehensive testing of
current products.
Product Test Reports: Indicating handrails and railings comply with ASTM E 985, based on
comprehensive testing of current products.
QUALTTY ASSURANCE
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations: Obtain cach type of railing through one source from a single manufacturer.
Mockups: Before installing handrails and railings, build mockups to verify selections made under sample
Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups
to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:
STORAGE
Store handrails and railings in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify handrail and railing dimensions by field measurements before fabrication
and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
l. Establishcd Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating handrails and railings without fieltl
measurements. Coordinate construction to ensurc that actual dimcnsions corresoond to
establishcd d imensions.
COORDINATION
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Docume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
C.
I
I
D.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
A.
B.
1.5
1.6
1.7
I.8
HLM 980071-04 05720-2
ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
I A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for handrails and railings. Furnish Sctting Drawings, remplates,I and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with
integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site inI time for installation.
t
1,9 SCHEDULING
I A. Schedulc installation so handrails and railings are mounted only on completed walls. Do nor support
temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
- 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the followrng:I
l. Steel and Iron Handrails and Railinss:
r I Bltr, ilH?]:T&co ' rnc
c. Livers Bronze Co., Inc.
d. Wagner: R &B Wagner, Inc.t e. Custom fabricated product
2.2 METALS
I A. General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other
I imperfections where exposed to view on finished units.
B. Steel and lron: Comply with the following requirements for each form required:
I l. Iron Castings: Malleable iron complying with ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M,
I Grade22010).
2. Iron Castings: Gray iron complying with ASTM A 48, Class 30 (ASTM A 48M, Class 200).
I C. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supportedr rails, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Provide cast brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt.2. Provide formed or cast brackets with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage.
3. Provide formed steel brackets with predrilled hole for bolted anchoragc and with snap-on cover
that matches rail finish and conceals bracket base and bolt head.
4. Provide brackets with interlocking pieces that conceal anchorage. Locate set screws on bottom of
bracket.
I 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
;1 A. Filler Metal and Electrodes: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as rccommended by
I producer of metal to be welded or brazcd and as required for color match, strength, corrosion resistance,
and compatibility in fabricated items.
I sECrroN os72o
I
r
I
I
VA I L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tio n Do c urne nts
15 October 2001
I
HLM 98007r-04 05720-3
SECTION 05720
FASTENERS
Fasteners for Interconnecting Handrail and Railing Components: Use fasteners fabricated from same
basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or
incompatible with materials joined.
l. Provide concealcd fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other
Work, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
Cast-in-Place and Postinstalled Anchors: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from conosion-
resistant materials with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed
when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
Cast-in-place anchors, where required.
Expansion anchors, where required.
PAINT
Shop Primers: Provide primers complying with applicable requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting."
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal
atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a
sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous
grout complying with ASTM C | 107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manulacturer for
interior and exterior applications.
Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonsluink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled
expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring,
patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to crosion from water exposure
without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer
for cxterior use.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Assemble handrails and railings in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
assembly. Disasscmble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units
for rcassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of ioined
pleces.
B. Form changes in direction ofrailing nrcmbers as follows:
l. As detailcd.
2. By inserting prefahricated flush elbow fittings.
3. By any method indicated above, applicablc to change in direction involved.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns truc tio n Doc u me nt s
15 October 2001
ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l.
L.
B.
A.
B.
B.
aA
z.J
2.6
HLM 98007r-04 05720-4
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
SECTION 05720 O RNAM E NT AL HAN D RAI LS AND RAI U NGS
c.Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvaturc for each
repetitive configuration required; maintain profile of member throughout entire bend without buckling,
twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.
Wclded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by welding. Cope
components at perpendicular and skew conncctions to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this
purpose. Weld connections continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance
of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after
finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.
Mechanical Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings by connecting members with railing
manufacturer's standard concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated.
Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairlinejoints.
1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using epoxy structural adhesive where this is
manufac turer's standard splicing method.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide manufacturer's standard wall brackets, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to connect handrail and railing members to other construction.
Provide inserts and other anchorage devices to connect handrails and railings to concrete or masonry.
Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by handrails and railings. Coordinate
anchorage devices with supporting structure.
For railing posts set in concrete, provide preset sleeves of steel not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long with
inside dimensions not less than 112 inch (12 mm) larger than outside dimensions of post, and steel plate
forming bottom closure.
Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges.
Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately ll32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form
bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the
Work.
Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap components, as indicated, to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar
rtems-
F.
L. Provide weep holes or another means to drain entrapped water in hollow sections of railing members that
are exposed to exterior or to moisture from condensation or other sources.
M. Fabricate joints that will be exposcd to weather in a watertight manner.
N. Close cxposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
O. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mountcd handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of
returns, unless clearance between end ofrailing and wall is l/4 inch (6 mm) or less.
P. Toe Boards: Where indicatcd, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided
floors and platlbrms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstr uction Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
G.
H.
J.
HLM 980071-04 05720-5
SECTION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND MILINGS I
Fillers: Provide fillers made from steel plate, or other suitably crush-resistant material, where needed to
transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish
thicknesses and to produce adequate bearing area to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing of
substrate.
STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
Galvanizing: Hordip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below:
l. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing steel and iron products.
2. ASTM A 153/A l53M for galvanizing steel and iron hardware.
Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes,
by plugging with zinc solder and liling off smooth.
For galvanized handrails and railings, provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other
fenous components.
For ungalvanized steel handrails and railings, provide ungalvanized fenous metal fittings, brackets,
fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or maso111y.
Preparation for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean handrails and railings of grease, dirt,
oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic-phosphate process.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum
requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure
conditions of installed handrails and railings:
l. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."2. Interiors (SSPC Zone I A): SSPC-SP 7, "Brush-off Blasr Cleaning."
Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of handrails and railings, unless otherwise indicated. Comply
with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No, 1," for shop painting. primer
need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masoffy.
l Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.2. Stripe paint edges, corners, crevices, bolts, and welds.
Painted Finish: Comply with Division 9 Section "Painting."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that
locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and
mark locations if not already done.
INSTALLATION, CENERAL
VAIL VAI,LEY M EDICAL CENTER
C o nstruction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
B.
D.
F.
G.
2.8
3.1
-'\-z
HLM 980071-04 05720-6
t
I
SECTION 05720
t.
2.
3.
ORNAM E NTAL H ANDRAI LS AND RAI LI N GS
Fit cxposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
Cuning, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling. and fitting required for installing handrails and
railings. Set handrails and railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from
established lines and levels and free tiom rack.
B.
B.
3.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
F.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
RAILING CONNECTIONS
Nonwelded Connections: Usc mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to railing members and fittings. Seal
recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match hnish of handrails
and railings.
Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply
with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in shop
or in field.
ANCHORING POSTS
Use steel pipe sleevcs preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been
inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with the following anchoring material,
mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions:
Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (20 mm) greater than OD of
post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space
between post and concrete with the following anchoring material, mixed and placed to comply with
anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions:
l. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
2, Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement.
Cover anchorage joint with a flange of samc metal as post, attached to post as follows:
Welded to post after placing anchoring material.
By set screws.
Leave anchorage joint exposed, wipc off surplus anchoring material, and leave l/8-inch (3-mm) build-up,
sloped away from post.
Anchor stccl posts to steel with flanges, angle or floor type as requircd by conditions, welded to posts and
bolted to metal supporting mcmbers.
Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle or floor type as required by conditions, conncctcd to
posts and to metal supporting members as follows:
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after
fabrication and that are intended for field conncction by mechanical or other means without further
cutting or fitting.
Set posts plumb within a tolerance of l/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in I m).
Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of steps
and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (5 mm in 3 m).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o ns tr uc tion Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
l.
l-
T
HLM 98U71-04 05720-7
SECTION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
l. For steel railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to metal supporting membcrs.
Install removable railing sections, where indicated, in slip-fit metal sockets cast into concrete.
ANCHORING RAIL ENDS
Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with sleeves concealed within rail ends and anchored with
postinstalled anchors and bolts.
Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with flanges connected to rail ends and anchored with
postinstalled anchors and bolts.
Anchor rail ends to concrete and masonry with brackets on underside of rail connected to rail ends and
anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts.
Anchor rail ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces.
1. Weld flanges to rail ends.
2. Connect flanges to rail ends using nonwelded connections.
ATTACHINC HANDRAILS TO WALLS
Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide bracket with l-ll2-inch (38-mm) clearance from
inside face of handrail and finished wall surface.
Locate brackets as indicated or, ifnot indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads.
Secure wall brackets to buildine construction as follows:
1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag
bolts.
2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.
3. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate
with carpentry work to locate backing members.
4. For steel-framed gypsum board assemblies, use hanger or lag bolts set into wood backing betwcen
studs. Coordinate with stud installation to locatc backing members.
5. For steel-framcd gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed
reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will cngagc a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tcsts and inspections and to prepare test reports.
Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing agency will randomly select complctcd handrail and railing
assemblies for testing that are reprcsentative ol diffbrent railing designs and conditions in the completed
Work. Handrails and railings will be tested according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for compliance
with ASTM E 985.
VAI L VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Co nstructio n Doc ume nts
l5 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
c.
B.
D.
B.
C.
B.
3.5
3.6
3.7
HLM 980071-04 05720-8
I SECTION 05720 ORN AME NTAL H ANDMI LS AND RAI LI NGS
Remove and replace handrails and railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with
specified requirements, unlcss they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Architec[ and will comply
with specifi ed requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
CLEANING
Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
ofshop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to
comply with ASTM A 780.
PROTECTION
Protect finishes of handrails and railings from damage during construction period with temporary
protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at the time of
Substantial Completion.
Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of
correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to shop; make required alterations and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
END OF SECTION 05720
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruc tio n D oc ume nts
15 October 2001
c.
D.
3.8
l-
I
t
I
B.I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
3.9
B.
I
I
HLM 980071-04 05720-9
DTVISION 6. INDEXI
I
DTVISION 5- WOOD AND PLASTICS
I 06r00...........RoucH cARp8NrRy.................... ............. 8
06402...........INTERrOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK............. -...-.-............................7
I END
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f HI.T,T 98M7I.M VAILVALLEY MEDICALCENTERr *";W:o!#ff;*
I sECrroNo6roo ROUGH CARPENTRY
l-SECTION O6IOO - ROUGH CARPENTRY
I PART1 -GENERAL
I r.l RELATED DOcT.JMENTsI
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
- 1.2 SIJMMARYIr A. This Section includes the following:
I L Rooftop equipment bases and support curbsI 2. Wood blocking and nailers.3. Sheathine.
I B. netatea Sections include the following:
I l. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not
I specified in another Section.
.'.' I,3 DEFINITIONS
l-A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise
indicated.
Ir B. Exposed Framing: Dimension lumber not concealed by other construction.
I C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
I l. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association.
I 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
I 3. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service.r 4. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.5. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
f| 6. WWPA - Western Wood products Association.
!
r 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I' A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricate<l product. Indicate component materials
r
and dimensions and include construction and application details.
l. Include data for wood-prescrvative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and
certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of
preservative uscd, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturcr's
written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing trcated material.
2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by
treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical propcrtics of
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
C o nstruc tion Doc u me nts
I5 October 2001
I
I
I
HLM 980071-04 06100-1
SECTION 06IOO ROUGH CARPENTRY
treatcd matcrials, both before and after exposure to elevated tempcratures when tested according to
ASTM D 5516 and ASTM D 5664.
3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of trealed
materials was reduced to levels spccified before shipment to Project site.
4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers fbr each type of treatment.
Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses.
Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber
Standards Committee Board of Review.
Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for
Project:
l. Preservative-treatedwood.
2. Fire-retardant-treatedwood.
3. Engineered wood products.
4. Foam-plasticsheathing.
5. Power-driven fasteners.
6, Powder-actuatedfasteners.
7. Expansion anchors.
8. Metal framing anchors.
QUALITY ASSLJRANCE
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according
to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product
through one source from a single manufacturer.
Source Limitations for Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire-retardant-treated wood
product through one source from a single producer.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLINC
Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT'FACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requircments, manufacturers offering products that
may bc incorporatcd into thc Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fbllowing:
| . Laminated-Veneer Lumber:
a. Boise Cascade Corporation.
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o n " lr uc tio n D oc um e nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
B.
1.5
1.6
HLM 980071-04 06100-2
ROAGH CARPENTRY
b. Ceorgia-Pacific Corporation.
c. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.d. Pacific Woodtech Corp.e. Trus Joist MacMillan.
f. Union Camp Corp.; Building Products Division.g. Willamette Industries, Inc.h. Approved equal.
2. Gypsum Sheathing Board:
a. American Gypsum Co.
b. G-P Cypsum Corporation.c. National Gypsum Company.d. United States Gypsum Co.
e. Approved equa,.
3. Metal Framing Anchors:
a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
b. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.c. Harlen Metal Products, Inc.d. KC Metals Products, Inc.
e. Silver Metal Products, Inc.f. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
C. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.h. United Steel Products Company, Inc.i. Approved equal.
-J-..
-.,': 2.2 WOODPRODUCTS, GENERAL
I A. Lurnber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber
t Sundards Commirtee Board of Review.
I | . Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
I 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture
content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry
lumber.
I 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
f 4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch
nominal (38-mrn actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
ta B. Wood Structural Pancls:r
l . Plywood: Either DOC PS I or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated.
I 2. Th.ickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated.
I 3. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Cuide:
Residential & Comrnercial.
- 4. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard.
I
2.3 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
I
I HLMstoozt-u4 VAILVALLEY MEDICAL CENTER 06100.3
C onstruc tinn Doc ume nts
15 October 2(MI
t sECrroN o6too
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
SECTION 06lOO
A.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA c2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that
lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be
treated according to AWPA C3l with inorganic boron (SBX).
L Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following:
Chromated copper arsenate (CCA).
Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA).
Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ).
Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC).
Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC).
Copper azole, Type A (CBA-A).
Oxine copper (copper-8-quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that
do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.
Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of l9 percent for lumber and 15 percent
for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated
material.
Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
l. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in
connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with
masonry or concrete.
Wood framing members less than l8 inches (460 mm) above grade.
Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with
performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant-
treated wood with appropriate classification marking of IJL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or
another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Use trcatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after
exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency
according to ASTM D 5664, for lumbcr and ASTM D 5516, for plywood.
Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.
Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.
Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwisc indicatcd.
DIMENSION LUMBER
Gcncral: Providc dirncnsion lumbcr of gradcs indicated according to the American Lumber Standards
Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
{'
B.
D.
.tA
J.
2.
3.
2.5
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Construction Docume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 06100-4
I SECTION O6IOO ROAGH CARPENTRY
MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
General: Provide lumber for support or attachment ofother construction, including the following:
l Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.2. Blocking.
3. Cants.
4. Nailers.
5. Funing.
6. Grounds.
For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent
maximum moisture content and any of the following species:
l. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
2. Hem-fir or Hem-fir (north); NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or Spruce-pine-fir; NELMA, NLCA, WCLIB, or WWPA.4. Eastern softwoods; NELMA.5. Northern species; NLGA.6. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA.
For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the
following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine, No.2 grade; SPIB.2. Hem-fir or Hem-fir (north), Construction or 2 Comrnon grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or Spruce-pine-fir, Construction or 2 Common gade; NELMA, NLGA,
WCLIB, orWWPA.
4. Eastern softwoods, No. 2 Common grade; NELMA.5. Northern species, No. 2 Common grade; NLGA.6. Western woods, Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of
producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.
SFIEATHINC
Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior grade sL.athing.
1. Span Rating: Not lcss than 16/0.2. Thickness: Not less than ll2 inch (13 mm).
Paper-Surfaced Cypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 79lC 79M, with water-resistant material incorporated
into the core and with water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long edges.
Glass-Mat Cypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C ll77/ll77M.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by C-P Cypsum
Corp.
Plywood Roof Shcathing: lExterior, Structural I] [Exterior] [Exposure l, Structural I]
IExposure 1]
2.8 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
VAI L VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstruc tia n Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
l.2.6
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
D.
B,
2.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
t-
t
HLM 98007r-04 06100-5
2.9
SECTION O6IOO ROUGH CARPENTRY
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOCPS l, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-
retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than l/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick.
FASTENERS
General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this
Article for material and manufacture.
Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6. l.
Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer
wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME 818.2.3.8M).
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F568M, Property Class 4.6); with
ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.
Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry
assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per
ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent tesring and inspecting agency.
l. Material: Carbon-steel components! zinc plated ro comply with ASTM B 633, Ctass FeEn5.
2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594,
Alloy Group I or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al or A4).
METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size
indicated, and as follows:
l. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal framing
anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project.
2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by
manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be
determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by
comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.
Galvanized steel sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coared steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, c60
(Zl 80) coating designation.
MISCELLANtsOUS MATERIALS
Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. l -5 asphalt
felt), unperforated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
F.
G.
2.to
B.
2.11
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Co nstruction Doc uments
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 06100-6
I SECTION O6LOO
PART 3. EXECUTION
ROAGH CARPENTRY
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, truc to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
rough carpentry to other construction; scrib€ and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers,
blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use
with minimum number of joints or optimum joint :urangement.
Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservativc-treated lumber and
plywood.
Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying
with the following:
L CABO NER-272 for power-driven fastcners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturcr.
3. Table 23-II-B-1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof
Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code.
4. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the BOCA National Building Code.
5. Table 2306.l, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code.
6. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3(2), "Alternate
Attachments," in the International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code.
Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully p€netratc
members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight
connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required.
Usc finishing nails for exposed work, unless othcrwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes
with wood filler.
WOOD BLOCKING. AND NAILER INSTALLATION
Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as
required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.
Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Whcre
possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement.
Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than l-
l/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish
material. Remove temporzry grounds when no longer required.
WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
Install level and plumb with closurc strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for
tolerance of finish work.
A,
B.
D.
J. II
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
B.
c.
J.L
J,J
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
C o nstructia n Do c ume nts
15 October 2001
HLM 980071-04 06100-7
SECTION O6IOO ROUGH CARPENTRY
CYPSUM SHEATHING
General: Fasten gypsum shcathing to supports with galvanized roofing comply with CA-253 and
manufacturcr's recommended spacing and referenced fastening schedule. Kecp perimeter fasteners 3/8
inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends of units.
Install 24-by-96-inch (609-by-2438-mm) sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs
with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in
contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and
stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing, two where possible.
Install 48-by-96-inch (1219-by-2438-mm) and longer sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and
centered over, studs. Install solid wood blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. Fit units
tightly against each other.
FIBERBOARD SHEATHING INSTALLATION
Fasten fiberboard sheathing panels to intermediate supports and then at edges and ends. Use galvanized
roofing nails or galvanized staples; comply with manufacturer's recommended spacing and referenced
fastening schedule. Drive fasteners flush with surface of sheathing and locate perimeter fasteners at least
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends.
Install sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and centered over, studs. Install solid wood
blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. Allow l/8-inch (3-mm) open space between edges
and ends of adjacent units. Stagger horizontal joints, if any.
Cover sheathing as soon as practical after installation to prevent deterioration from wetting.
BUILDINC PAPER APPLICATION
Apply building paper horizontally with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap and 6-inch ( 150-mm) end lap; fasten to
sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (102-mm)
overlap.
END OF SECTION O6IOO
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Construction Doc ume nts
15 October 2001
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
J.+
3.5
3.6
HLM 98007r-04 06100-8
I sEcrroNo64o2
l_.
I PARrI -GENERAL
I
I NTERI OR ARC H ITECTA ML WOODWORK
SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
r A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
I 1.2 SI,JMMARY
I A. This Section includes thc followins:
I 1. Interior standing and running trim.I 2. Plasticlaminate countertops.
,_ 3. Flush wood paneling and wainscots.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 6 - Section 0{51fi) "Rough Carpentry" for wood funing, blocking, shims, and hanging
I strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork
installation.
2. Division 9 - Section 09900 "Painting" for field finishing of interior architectural woodwork.
I 3. Division 9 - Section 09999 Interior Finishes.
I
r 1.3 DEFINITIONS
Ir A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing
woodwork items, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.I
I
1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For high-pressure decorative laminate, laminate, thermoset decorative overlay, solid-- surfacing material, fire-retardant-treated materials, cabinet hardware and accessories, handrail brackets,
and finishing materials and processes.
I l. Include data for fire-retardant reatment fiom chemical treatmen! manufacturer and certification bv
treating plant that treatcd materials comply with requirements.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details,
attachment devices, and other components.
r l. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other items
indicated to be installed in architectural woodwork.I
C. Samples fbr Verification: For the following:
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDI CAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 July 2001
I
HLM 980071-04 06402-1
SECTION 06402 I NTE RI OR ARC H ITECTA RAL W OODW OR K
l. Lumber with or lbr lransparent finish, 8 by 10 inches. for each species and cut, Iinished on I side
and I cdgc.
2. Plastic-laminate-clad panel products, 8 by l0 inches , for each type, color, pattern, and surface
finish, on substrate to match final installation.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of woodwork certifying that products furnished comply
with requirements.
Qualification Da!a: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their
capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for
production and installation of interior architectural woodwork with sequence-matched wood veneers
including wood doors where veneer matching includes door faces.
Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality
Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements.
l. Provide AWI Quality Certification Program certificate indicating that woodwork complies with
req uirements of grades specified.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-retardant materials or products are indicated, provide
materials and products with specified fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical
products per test method indicated by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint
on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation.',
DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have becn
completed in installation zueas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in
areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions"
Article.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is
complete, and HVAC system is opcrating and maintaining temperature and relativc humidity at
occupancy Ievels during the remainder of the construction period.
B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of
othcr construction by field rneasurements belbre fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop
Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedulc with construction progress to avoitl delaying the Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
D.
B.
c.
D.
1.5
r.6
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
De sign Dev elopme nt Pricing Doc ume nh
9 July 2001
HLM 980071-04 06402-2
I NTERI OR ARC H IT ECTA ML WOODWORK
l. Locate conccalcd framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field
measurements before being enclosed and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
I 1.8 COORDTNATTON
r A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of
I Hhji::t*ili"::t*
Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I z.t wo'DwoRKFABRrcAToRsI
I 2.2 MATERTALS
I A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of
I woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated.
r B. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Red oak, plain sawn or sliced or as selected by the
architect.
I C. Wood Products: Comply with the following:
l. Marine board for installation under plastic laminate at wet locations.2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Crade M-2-Exterior Glue.3. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-I.
I D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required byI woodwork quality standard.
l. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure decorative
laminates by one of the following:
- a. Nevamar ARP Surfacc.
I
b. Approved equal by the architect.
t E. Adhesive for Bondine Plastic Laminate: contact cement.
I l. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces.
I 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
II A. General: Where indicated, use materials impregnated with fire-retardant chemical formulations indicated
by a pressure process or other means acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to produce products
with fire-tcst-responsc characteristics specified.
l. Do not use treated matcrial that does not comply with requirements of relbrenced woodworking
standard or that is warped, discolored, or otherwise defective.
I sEcrroNo64o2
I
I
I
l-
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Develapment Pricing Documents
9 JulY 2001
HLM 980071-04 06402-3
SECTION 06402 I NT E RI O R ARC H ITECTU ML WOODW O RK
2. Usc fire-rctardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect
finishes. Do not usc colorants in solution to distinguish treated material from untreated matcrial.
Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumbcr and Plywood by Pressure Process: Comply with AWPA C20 (lumber)
and AWPA C27 (plywood), for woodwork items indicated as lire-retardant treated. Use the following
treatment type:
l. Interior Type A: Low-hygroscopic fbrmulation.
2. Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment and drying
processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or
other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treated woodwork.
3. Kiln-dry material beforc and after treatment to levels required for untreated material.
Fire-RetardanrTreated Lumber and Plywood by Nonpressure Process: Apply nontoxic, water-soluble,
fire-retardant treatment by dip, spray, roller, curtain coating, vacuum chamber, or soaking to achieve
flame-spread rating of 25 or less and smoke-developed rating of 450 or less per ASTM E 84.
Fire-Retardant Fiberboard: Medium-density fiberboard panels complying with ANSI 4208.2, made from
softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel
manufacture to achieve flame-spread rating of 25 or less and smoke-developed rating of 200 or less per
ASTM E 84.
L Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Medite FR" by SierraPine Ltd;
Medite Div.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Anchors: Select material, type, siz.e, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide
nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of cxterior walls and elsewhere
as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place
anchors.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide Custom grade interior woodwork complying with the referenced
quality standard.
Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture
content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas.
Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to removc raiscd grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication.
Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicatcd. Ease edqes to radius indicated for the
following:
l. Raduis all exposed countcrtop corncrs 2" unless indicated otherwise.
2. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumbcr) Members and Rails: l/16 inch (1.-5 mm).
Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardwarc application, to maximum exrent
possiblc, bcforc shiprnent to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and
2.4
2.5
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
A.
B.
c.
D.
VAI L VALLEY M EDI CAI, C E NTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 July 2001
HLM 980071-04 06402-4
B.
C.
D.
2.7
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
SECTION 06402 I NTER I OR A RC H IT ECTU RAL WOODWORK
installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and
fitting.
F. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures,
electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams
to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges ofcutouts to remove splinters and buns.
I . Seal edges of openings in countertops.
2.6 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNINC TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT OR STAINED FINISH
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Secrion 300.
B. Crade: Custom.
C. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not slue for width.
D. For rails widcr or thicker than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not slue for width or
thickness.
E. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for
members with ends exposed in linished work.
F. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation require field
assembly.
G. Wood Specics and Cut: Match species and cut indicated for other types of finished architectural
woodwork located in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated.
L Provide split species on trim that face areas with different wood species, matching each face of
woodwork to species and cut of finish wood surfaces in areas finished.
PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS
Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for high-pressure decorative laminate
countenops.
Grade: Custom.
High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Crade: HGS for flat countertiop and HGP for postformed
counrcrtops.
Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of
cxposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:
a. Provide Architect's selections from the Finish Schcdulcd provided in Division 9 - Section
09999 Interior Finishes.
Edge Treatment: Bullnose laminate. Color as selected by Architect.
VAIL VALLEY M EDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 July 2001
HLM 980071-04 06402-5
SECTION 06402 I NTERI OR ARC HIT ECTU RA L WOODWO RK
FLUSH WOOD PANELING AND WAINSCOTS
Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 500 requirements for flush wood paneling.
Crade: Custom.
Wood Species and Cut: As indicated.
Matching of Adjacent Veneer Leaves: Slip matoh.
Vertical Matching of Adjacent Veneer Leaves: End match.
Veneer Matching within Panel Face: Balance match.
Panel-Matching Method: Match panels within each separate area by the following method:
l. Premanufactured sets selectively reduced in width.
2. Sequence-matched,uniform-sizesets.
Vertical Panel-Matching Method: Continuous match.
Fire-Retardant-Treated Paneling: Provide panels consisting of wood veneer and fire-retardant
particleboard or fire-retardant medium-density fiberboard. Panels shall have flame-spread rating of25 or
less and smoke-developed rating of450 or less per ASTM E 84.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.8
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
c.
H.
L
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation.
B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete
work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in
Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved.
B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level
and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of l/8 inch in 96 inches.
C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at
cuts.
D. Fire-RetardanlTreated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with
recommendations of chemical treatment manufacturer, includins those for adhesives used to install
woodwork.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Doc uments
9 July 2001
HLM 980071-04 06402-6
I SECTION 06402
F.
END OF SECTION 06402
HLM 980071-04
I NTERIOR ARC H ITECTU RAL W OODWO RK
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine
finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and
matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces
(from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36
inches long, except where shorter singleJength pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in
adjacent and related members.
l. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish
same as wood base, if finished.
2. Install wall railings on indicated metal brackets securely fastened to wall framing.
3. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than l/8 inch in 96
inches.
Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing th'rough corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into
underside of countertop.
l. Align adjacent solid-surfacing-material countertops and form seams to comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully
dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.
2. Install countertops with no more than l/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other
variation from a straight line.
3. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive.
4. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."
Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel-hanger clips Do not use face
fastening, unless covered by trim or otherwise indicated.
l. Install flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch vertical cup or bow and l/8 inch in
96-inch horizontal variation from a true plane.
Complete the finishing work specihed in this Section to extent not completed at shop or before
installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. Apply specified finish
coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats were
applied in shop.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, ro eliminate functional and visual defects;
where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for unilbrm appearance.
Clean, lubricatc, and adjust hardware.
Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore
damased or soiled areas.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I_
I
3.3
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
I
t-
I
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
Design Development Pricing Documents
9 Jull 2MI
06402-7